Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
dc6f92b8 | 1 | /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol. |
b8009dd1 | 2 | Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3 | |
4 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
5 | ||
6 | GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
4746118a | 8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
9 | any later version. |
10 | ||
11 | GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | ||
16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 | along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
18 | the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ | |
19 | ||
3afe33e7 RS |
20 | /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */ |
21 | ||
039440c4 RS |
22 | /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */ |
23 | /* On HP-UX 8.0 signal.h loses if it comes after config.h. */ | |
24 | /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */ | |
039440c4 RS |
25 | #include <signal.h> |
26 | ||
18160b98 | 27 | #include <config.h> |
dc6f92b8 | 28 | |
4846819e RS |
29 | #include <stdio.h> |
30 | ||
3afe33e7 | 31 | /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required |
bc20ebbf | 32 | by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */ |
3afe33e7 RS |
33 | #include "syssignal.h" |
34 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
35 | #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
36 | ||
37 | #include "lisp.h" | |
9ac0d9e0 | 38 | #include "blockinput.h" |
dc6f92b8 | 39 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
40 | /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses |
41 | if this is not done before the other system files. */ | |
42 | #include "xterm.h" | |
f451eb13 | 43 | #include <X11/cursorfont.h> |
dc6f92b8 | 44 | |
16bd92ea | 45 | #ifndef USG |
dc6f92b8 JB |
46 | /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded. |
47 | In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */ | |
48 | #ifndef makedev | |
49 | #include <sys/types.h> | |
c118dd06 JB |
50 | #endif /* makedev */ |
51 | #endif /* USG */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
52 | |
53 | #ifdef BSD | |
54 | #include <sys/ioctl.h> | |
c118dd06 | 55 | #endif /* ! defined (BSD) */ |
dc6f92b8 | 56 | |
2d368234 | 57 | #include "systty.h" |
3a2712f9 | 58 | #include "systime.h" |
dc6f92b8 | 59 | |
b8009dd1 | 60 | #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL |
dc6f92b8 | 61 | #include <fcntl.h> |
b8009dd1 | 62 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
63 | #include <ctype.h> |
64 | #include <errno.h> | |
65 | #include <setjmp.h> | |
66 | #include <sys/stat.h> | |
67 | #include <sys/param.h> | |
68 | ||
69 | #include "dispextern.h" | |
70 | #include "termhooks.h" | |
71 | #include "termopts.h" | |
72 | #include "termchar.h" | |
73 | #if 0 | |
74 | #include "sink.h" | |
75 | #include "sinkmask.h" | |
c118dd06 | 76 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 | 77 | #include "gnu.h" |
f676886a | 78 | #include "frame.h" |
dc6f92b8 | 79 | #include "disptab.h" |
dc6f92b8 | 80 | #include "buffer.h" |
f451eb13 | 81 | #include "window.h" |
3b2fa4e6 | 82 | #include "keyboard.h" |
bde7c500 | 83 | #include "intervals.h" |
dc6f92b8 | 84 | |
3afe33e7 RS |
85 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
86 | extern XtAppContext Xt_app_con; | |
87 | extern Widget Xt_app_shell; | |
9d7e2e3e | 88 | extern void free_frame_menubar (); |
c2df547c | 89 | extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (); |
3afe33e7 RS |
90 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
91 | ||
b849c413 RS |
92 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
93 | #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame | |
5627c40e | 94 | #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
b849c413 RS |
95 | #endif |
96 | ||
546e6d5b RS |
97 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
98 | #ifndef XtNinitialState | |
99 | #define XtNinitialState "initialState" | |
100 | #endif | |
101 | #endif | |
102 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 103 | #define XMapWindow XMapRaised /* Raise them when mapping. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 104 | |
c34efc6c JB |
105 | #ifdef FD_SET |
106 | /* We could get this from param.h, but better not to depend on finding that. | |
107 | And better not to risk that it might define other symbols used in this | |
108 | file. */ | |
109 | #ifdef FD_SETSIZE | |
110 | #define MAXDESC FD_SETSIZE | |
111 | #else | |
112 | #define MAXDESC 64 | |
113 | #endif | |
114 | #define SELECT_TYPE fd_set | |
115 | #else /* no FD_SET */ | |
116 | #define MAXDESC 32 | |
117 | #define SELECT_TYPE int | |
118 | ||
119 | /* Define the macros to access a single-int bitmap of descriptors. */ | |
120 | #define FD_SET(n, p) (*(p) |= (1 << (n))) | |
121 | #define FD_CLR(n, p) (*(p) &= ~(1 << (n))) | |
122 | #define FD_ISSET(n, p) (*(p) & (1 << (n))) | |
123 | #define FD_ZERO(p) (*(p) = 0) | |
124 | #endif /* no FD_SET */ | |
125 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
126 | /* For sending Meta-characters. Do we need this? */ |
127 | #define METABIT 0200 | |
128 | ||
129 | #define min(a,b) ((a)<(b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
130 | #define max(a,b) ((a)>(b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
69388238 | 131 | \f |
dc6f92b8 JB |
132 | /* Nonzero means we must reprint all windows |
133 | because 1) we received an ExposeWindow event | |
f451eb13 | 134 | or 2) we received too many ExposeRegion events to record. |
dc6f92b8 | 135 | |
f451eb13 | 136 | This is never needed under X11. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
137 | static int expose_all_windows; |
138 | ||
139 | /* Nonzero means we must reprint all icon windows. */ | |
140 | ||
141 | static int expose_all_icons; | |
142 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
143 | #if defined (SIGIO) && defined (FIONREAD) |
144 | int BLOCK_INPUT_mask; | |
c118dd06 | 145 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) && defined (FIONREAD) */ |
dc6f92b8 | 146 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
147 | /* The id of a bitmap used for icon windows. |
148 | One such map is shared by all Emacs icon windows. | |
149 | This is zero if we have not yet had a need to create the bitmap. */ | |
150 | ||
151 | static Bitmap icon_bitmap; | |
152 | ||
153 | /* Font used for text icons. */ | |
154 | ||
155 | static FONT_TYPE *icon_font_info; | |
156 | ||
157 | /* Stuff for dealing with the main icon title. */ | |
158 | ||
becadff8 KH |
159 | extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; |
160 | char *x_id_name; | |
dc6f92b8 | 161 | |
0ab983c8 RS |
162 | /* Initial values of argv and argc. */ |
163 | extern char **initial_argv; | |
164 | extern int initial_argc; | |
165 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
166 | /* This is the X connection that we are using. */ |
167 | ||
168 | Display *x_current_display; | |
169 | ||
ab648270 JB |
170 | /* The cursor to use for vertical scroll bars on x_current_display. */ |
171 | static Cursor x_vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; | |
f451eb13 | 172 | |
987d2ad1 | 173 | /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. |
d0386f2a | 174 | This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the |
dc6f92b8 | 175 | XT functions. It is zero while not inside an update. |
f676886a JB |
176 | In that case, the XT functions assume that `selected_frame' |
177 | is the frame to apply to. */ | |
d0386f2a | 178 | extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
dc6f92b8 | 179 | |
f676886a | 180 | /* The frame (if any) which has the X window that has keyboard focus. |
f451eb13 JB |
181 | Zero if none. This is examined by Ffocus_frame in frame.c. Note |
182 | that a mere EnterNotify event can set this; if you need to know the | |
183 | last frame specified in a FocusIn or FocusOut event, use | |
184 | x_focus_event_frame. */ | |
f676886a | 185 | struct frame *x_focus_frame; |
dc6f92b8 | 186 | |
0134a210 RS |
187 | /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within XTread_socket. */ |
188 | struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; | |
189 | ||
f451eb13 JB |
190 | /* The last frame mentioned in a FocusIn or FocusOut event. This is |
191 | separate from x_focus_frame, because whether or not LeaveNotify | |
192 | events cause us to lose focus depends on whether or not we have | |
193 | received a FocusIn event for it. */ | |
194 | struct frame *x_focus_event_frame; | |
195 | ||
f676886a JB |
196 | /* The frame which currently has the visual highlight, and should get |
197 | keyboard input (other sorts of input have the frame encoded in the | |
198 | event). It points to the X focus frame's selected window's | |
199 | frame. It differs from x_focus_frame when we're using a global | |
6d4238f3 | 200 | minibuffer. */ |
f676886a | 201 | static struct frame *x_highlight_frame; |
6d4238f3 | 202 | |
dc6f92b8 | 203 | /* From .Xdefaults, the value of "emacs.WarpMouse". If non-zero, |
f676886a | 204 | mouse is moved to inside of frame when frame is de-iconified. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
205 | |
206 | static int warp_mouse_on_deiconify; | |
207 | ||
208 | /* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect. */ | |
209 | ||
210 | static int flexlines; | |
211 | ||
212 | /* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted. */ | |
213 | ||
214 | static int highlight; | |
215 | ||
216 | /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output. | |
217 | During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position. */ | |
218 | ||
219 | static int curs_x; | |
220 | static int curs_y; | |
221 | ||
11dd3d61 RS |
222 | /* Reusable Graphics Context for drawing a cursor in a non-default face. */ |
223 | static GC scratch_cursor_gc; | |
224 | ||
69388238 RS |
225 | /* Mouse movement. |
226 | ||
227 | In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most | |
228 | of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask | |
229 | the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only | |
230 | one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by | |
231 | other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for | |
232 | example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we | |
233 | get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This | |
234 | is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse | |
235 | tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking | |
236 | is off. | |
237 | ||
238 | The silly O'Reilly & Associates Nutshell guides barely document | |
239 | pointer motion hints at all (I think you have to infer how they | |
240 | work from an example), and the description of XQueryPointer doesn't | |
241 | mention that calling it causes you to get another motion hint from | |
242 | the server, which is very important. */ | |
243 | ||
244 | /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ | |
245 | static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame; | |
246 | static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph; | |
247 | ||
248 | /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred. | |
249 | ||
250 | If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this | |
251 | so XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or | |
252 | an ordinary motion. | |
253 | ||
254 | If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this | |
255 | to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */ | |
256 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; | |
257 | ||
af31d76f | 258 | /* Record which buttons are currently pressed. */ |
69388238 RS |
259 | unsigned int x_mouse_grabbed; |
260 | ||
261 | /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would | |
262 | return the time associated with the position it returns, but there | |
263 | doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server | |
264 | along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time | |
265 | of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that | |
266 | it's somewhat accurate. */ | |
267 | static Time last_mouse_movement_time; | |
268 | ||
b8009dd1 RS |
269 | /* These variables describe the range of text currently shown |
270 | in its mouse-face, together with the window they apply to. | |
271 | As long as the mouse stays within this range, we need not | |
272 | redraw anything on its account. */ | |
3b506386 KH |
273 | static int mouse_face_beg_row, mouse_face_beg_col; |
274 | static int mouse_face_end_row, mouse_face_end_col; | |
4d73d038 | 275 | static int mouse_face_past_end; |
b8009dd1 RS |
276 | static Lisp_Object mouse_face_window; |
277 | static int mouse_face_face_id; | |
278 | ||
514e4681 RS |
279 | /* 1 if a mouse motion event came and we didn't handle it right away because |
280 | gc was in progress. */ | |
281 | static int mouse_face_deferred_gc; | |
282 | ||
27f338af RS |
283 | /* FRAME and X, Y position of mouse when last checked for |
284 | highlighting. X and Y can be negative or out of range for the frame. */ | |
b8009dd1 RS |
285 | static FRAME_PTR mouse_face_mouse_frame; |
286 | static int mouse_face_mouse_x, mouse_face_mouse_y; | |
287 | ||
288 | /* Nonzero means defer mouse-motion highlighting. */ | |
289 | static int mouse_face_defer; | |
290 | ||
c0a04927 RS |
291 | /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */ |
292 | #ifdef __STDC__ | |
293 | static int volatile input_signal_count; | |
294 | #else | |
295 | static int input_signal_count; | |
296 | #endif | |
297 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
298 | /* `t' if a mouse button is depressed. */ |
299 | ||
300 | extern Lisp_Object Vmouse_depressed; | |
301 | ||
302 | /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */ | |
303 | ||
304 | extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager; | |
305 | ||
306 | /* Timestamp that we requested selection data was made. */ | |
307 | extern Time requestor_time; | |
308 | ||
309 | /* ID of the window requesting selection data. */ | |
310 | extern Window requestor_window; | |
311 | ||
312 | /* Nonzero enables some debugging for the X interface code. */ | |
313 | extern int _Xdebug; | |
314 | ||
c2df547c | 315 | extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face; |
b8009dd1 | 316 | |
ef2a22d0 | 317 | static int x_noop_count; |
ef2a22d0 RS |
318 | |
319 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
320 | /* From time to time we get info on an Emacs window, here. */ |
321 | ||
322 | static WINDOWINFO_TYPE windowinfo; | |
323 | ||
324 | extern int errno; | |
325 | ||
dfeccd2d | 326 | /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ |
64bb1782 RS |
327 | extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers; |
328 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
329 | extern Display *XOpenDisplay (); |
330 | extern Window XCreateWindow (); | |
331 | ||
332 | extern Cursor XCreateCursor (); | |
333 | extern FONT_TYPE *XOpenFont (); | |
334 | ||
335 | static void flashback (); | |
c83febd7 | 336 | static void redraw_previous_char (); |
0cdd0c9f | 337 | static void redraw_following_char (); |
3afe33e7 | 338 | static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (); |
dc6f92b8 | 339 | |
55836b73 | 340 | static int fast_find_position (); |
b8009dd1 RS |
341 | static void note_mouse_highlight (); |
342 | static void clear_mouse_face (); | |
343 | static void show_mouse_face (); | |
58769bee | 344 | static void do_line_dance (); |
b8009dd1 | 345 | |
dc6f92b8 | 346 | void dumpborder (); |
4746118a JB |
347 | static int XTcursor_to (); |
348 | static int XTclear_end_of_line (); | |
16bd92ea JB |
349 | |
350 | \f | |
58769bee | 351 | /* Starting and ending updates. |
f451eb13 JB |
352 | |
353 | These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end | |
f676886a JB |
354 | of a frame update. We record in `updating_frame' the identity |
355 | of the frame being updated, so that the XT... functions do not | |
356 | need to take a frame as argument. Most of the XT... functions | |
dc6f92b8 | 357 | should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions |
c83febd7 | 358 | being XTcursor_to, XTwrite_glyphs and XTreassert_line_highlight. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
359 | |
360 | extern int mouse_track_top, mouse_track_left, mouse_track_width; | |
361 | ||
362 | static | |
f676886a JB |
363 | XTupdate_begin (f) |
364 | struct frame *f; | |
58769bee | 365 | { |
dc6f92b8 JB |
366 | int mask; |
367 | ||
f676886a | 368 | if (f == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
369 | abort (); |
370 | ||
f676886a | 371 | flexlines = f->height; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
372 | highlight = 0; |
373 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 374 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
b8009dd1 RS |
375 | |
376 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) | |
377 | { | |
514e4681 | 378 | /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ |
b8009dd1 RS |
379 | mouse_face_defer = 1; |
380 | if (!NILP (mouse_face_window)) | |
514e4681 RS |
381 | { |
382 | int firstline, lastline, i; | |
383 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (mouse_face_window); | |
384 | ||
385 | /* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay. */ | |
386 | for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++) | |
387 | if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline]) | |
388 | break; | |
389 | ||
390 | lastline = f->height; | |
391 | for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
392 | { | |
393 | if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i]) | |
394 | break; | |
395 | else | |
396 | lastline = i; | |
397 | } | |
398 | ||
399 | /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window | |
400 | where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off. */ | |
401 | if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w)) | |
402 | || lastline < XFASTINT (w->top))) | |
403 | /* Otherwise turn off the mouse highlight now. */ | |
404 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
405 | } | |
b8009dd1 | 406 | } |
6ccf47d1 | 407 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
408 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
409 | } | |
410 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 411 | static |
f676886a JB |
412 | XTupdate_end (f) |
413 | struct frame *f; | |
58769bee | 414 | { |
dc6f92b8 JB |
415 | int mask; |
416 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 417 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
dc6f92b8 | 418 | |
58769bee | 419 | do_line_dance (); |
f676886a | 420 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); |
dc6f92b8 | 421 | |
b8009dd1 RS |
422 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
423 | mouse_face_defer = 0; | |
424 | #if 0 | |
425 | /* This fails in the case of having updated only the echo area | |
426 | if we have switched buffers. In that case, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS | |
427 | has no relation to the current contents, and its charstarts | |
428 | have no relation to the contents of the window-buffer. | |
429 | I don't know a clean way to check | |
430 | for that case. window_end_valid isn't set up yet. */ | |
431 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) | |
432 | note_mouse_highlight (f, mouse_face_mouse_x, mouse_face_mouse_y); | |
433 | #endif | |
434 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
435 | XFlushQueue (); |
436 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
437 | } | |
b8009dd1 | 438 | |
514e4681 | 439 | /* This is called after a redisplay on frame F. */ |
b8009dd1 RS |
440 | |
441 | static | |
442 | XTframe_up_to_date (f) | |
443 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
444 | { | |
514e4681 RS |
445 | if (mouse_face_deferred_gc || f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
446 | { | |
447 | note_mouse_highlight (mouse_face_mouse_frame, | |
448 | mouse_face_mouse_x, mouse_face_mouse_y); | |
449 | mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; | |
450 | } | |
b8009dd1 | 451 | } |
dc6f92b8 JB |
452 | \f |
453 | /* External interface to control of standout mode. | |
454 | Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS | |
455 | and not change whether it is highlighted. */ | |
456 | ||
457 | XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos) | |
458 | int new, vpos; | |
459 | { | |
460 | highlight = new; | |
461 | } | |
462 | ||
463 | /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS | |
464 | and change whether it is highlighted. */ | |
465 | ||
466 | static | |
467 | XTchange_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos) | |
468 | int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos; | |
469 | { | |
470 | highlight = new_highlight; | |
471 | XTcursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
f676886a | 472 | XTclear_end_of_line (updating_frame->width); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
473 | } |
474 | ||
475 | /* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend. | |
476 | When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing must be done | |
477 | to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */ | |
478 | ||
479 | static | |
480 | XTset_terminal_modes () | |
481 | { | |
482 | } | |
483 | ||
484 | /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. | |
485 | Exiting will make the X-windows go away, and suspending | |
486 | requires no action. */ | |
487 | ||
488 | static | |
489 | XTreset_terminal_modes () | |
490 | { | |
f676886a | 491 | /* XTclear_frame (); */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
492 | } |
493 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
494 | /* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame. |
495 | This is where display update commands will take effect. | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
496 | This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed. */ |
497 | ||
4746118a | 498 | static int |
dc6f92b8 JB |
499 | XTcursor_to (row, col) |
500 | register int row, col; | |
501 | { | |
502 | int mask; | |
503 | int orow = row; | |
504 | ||
505 | curs_x = col; | |
506 | curs_y = row; | |
507 | ||
f676886a | 508 | if (updating_frame == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
509 | { |
510 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
f676886a | 511 | x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
512 | XFlushQueue (); |
513 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
514 | } | |
515 | } | |
516 | \f | |
517 | /* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP. | |
518 | WINDOW is the x-window to output to. LEFT and TOP are starting coords. | |
b8009dd1 RS |
519 | HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it, |
520 | 3 if should appear in its mouse-face. | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
521 | JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground; |
522 | don't alter the background. | |
dc6f92b8 | 523 | |
07e34cb0 | 524 | FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0). |
dc6f92b8 | 525 | |
07e34cb0 JB |
526 | Since the display generation code is responsible for calling |
527 | compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in | |
528 | the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each | |
28f72798 | 529 | glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one |
f94397b5 KH |
530 | to which we can actually apply intern_face. |
531 | Call this function with input blocked. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 532 | |
07e34cb0 JB |
533 | #if 1 |
534 | /* This is the multi-face code. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 535 | |
dc6f92b8 | 536 | static void |
0cdd0c9f | 537 | dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground) |
f676886a | 538 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
539 | int left, top; |
540 | register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */ | |
541 | register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */ | |
542 | int hl; | |
0cdd0c9f | 543 | int just_foreground; |
dc6f92b8 | 544 | { |
07e34cb0 JB |
545 | /* Holds characters to be displayed. */ |
546 | char *buf = (char *) alloca (f->width * sizeof (*buf)); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
547 | register char *cp; /* Steps through buf[]. */ |
548 | register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
549 | register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
c118dd06 | 550 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
0cdd0c9f | 551 | int orig_left = left; |
dc6f92b8 | 552 | |
07e34cb0 | 553 | while (n > 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
554 | { |
555 | /* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH. */ | |
556 | int cf, len; | |
557 | int g = *gp; | |
558 | ||
07e34cb0 | 559 | GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); |
6f63ba79 | 560 | cf = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
561 | |
562 | /* Find the run of consecutive glyphs with the same face-code. | |
563 | Extract their character codes into BUF. */ | |
564 | cp = buf; | |
565 | while (n > 0) | |
566 | { | |
567 | g = *gp; | |
07e34cb0 | 568 | GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); |
6f63ba79 | 569 | if (FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
570 | break; |
571 | ||
6f63ba79 | 572 | *cp++ = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
573 | --n; |
574 | ++gp; | |
575 | } | |
576 | ||
577 | /* LEN gets the length of the run. */ | |
578 | len = cp - buf; | |
579 | ||
580 | /* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values | |
581 | determined by the face code CF. */ | |
07e34cb0 JB |
582 | { |
583 | struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f); | |
584 | FONT_TYPE *font = FACE_FONT (face); | |
585 | GC gc = FACE_GC (face); | |
586 | ||
b8009dd1 RS |
587 | /* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen. */ |
588 | if (hl == 3) | |
589 | cf = mouse_face_face_id; | |
590 | ||
b73b6aaf RS |
591 | /* First look at the face of the text itself. */ |
592 | if (cf != 0) | |
07e34cb0 | 593 | { |
a07d4bc5 RS |
594 | /* It's possible for the display table to specify |
595 | a face code that is out of range. Use 0 in that case. */ | |
28f72798 JB |
596 | if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f) |
597 | || FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0) | |
a07d4bc5 | 598 | cf = 0; |
07e34cb0 JB |
599 | |
600 | if (cf == 1) | |
601 | face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f); | |
602 | else | |
28f72798 | 603 | face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]); |
07e34cb0 JB |
604 | font = FACE_FONT (face); |
605 | gc = FACE_GC (face); | |
606 | } | |
4a4dc352 JB |
607 | |
608 | /* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text. */ | |
07e34cb0 JB |
609 | else if (hl == 0) |
610 | ; | |
611 | else if (hl == 1) | |
612 | { | |
613 | face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f); | |
614 | font = FACE_FONT (face); | |
615 | gc = FACE_GC (face); | |
b73b6aaf RS |
616 | } |
617 | ||
618 | #define FACE_DEFAULT (~0) | |
619 | ||
620 | /* Now override that if the cursor's on this character. */ | |
b5cf7a0e | 621 | if (hl == 2) |
b73b6aaf | 622 | { |
11dd3d61 RS |
623 | if ((!face->font |
624 | || (int) face->font == FACE_DEFAULT | |
625 | || face->font == f->display.x->font) | |
626 | && face->background == f->display.x->background_pixel | |
627 | && face->foreground == f->display.x->foreground_pixel) | |
b5cf7a0e JB |
628 | { |
629 | gc = f->display.x->cursor_gc; | |
630 | } | |
631 | /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ | |
632 | else | |
633 | { | |
634 | XGCValues xgcv; | |
635 | unsigned long mask; | |
636 | ||
637 | xgcv.background = f->display.x->cursor_pixel; | |
11dd3d61 | 638 | xgcv.foreground = face->background; |
df5a440b RS |
639 | /* If the glyph would be invisible, |
640 | try a different foreground. */ | |
641 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) | |
da893f1f | 642 | xgcv.foreground = face->foreground; |
df5a440b RS |
643 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
644 | xgcv.foreground = f->display.x->cursor_foreground_pixel; | |
645 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) | |
646 | xgcv.foreground = face->foreground; | |
647 | /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ | |
648 | if (xgcv.background == face->background | |
649 | && xgcv.foreground == face->foreground) | |
650 | { | |
651 | xgcv.background = face->foreground; | |
652 | xgcv.foreground = face->background; | |
653 | } | |
b5cf7a0e JB |
654 | xgcv.font = face->font->fid; |
655 | xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0; | |
656 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; | |
11dd3d61 RS |
657 | if (scratch_cursor_gc) |
658 | XChangeGC (x_current_display, scratch_cursor_gc, mask, &xgcv); | |
659 | else | |
660 | scratch_cursor_gc = | |
661 | XCreateGC (x_current_display, window, mask, &xgcv); | |
662 | gc = scratch_cursor_gc; | |
b73b6aaf | 663 | #if 0 |
11dd3d61 RS |
664 | /* If this code is restored, it must also reset to the default stipple |
665 | if necessary. */ | |
b5cf7a0e JB |
666 | if (face->stipple && face->stipple != FACE_DEFAULT) |
667 | XSetStipple (x_current_display, gc, face->stipple); | |
b73b6aaf | 668 | #endif |
b5cf7a0e | 669 | } |
07e34cb0 | 670 | } |
07e34cb0 | 671 | |
b5cf7a0e JB |
672 | if ((int) font == FACE_DEFAULT) |
673 | font = f->display.x->font; | |
674 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
675 | if (just_foreground) |
676 | XDrawString (x_current_display, window, gc, | |
677 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), buf, len); | |
678 | else | |
679 | { | |
680 | XDrawImageString (x_current_display, window, gc, | |
681 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), buf, len); | |
682 | /* Clear the rest of the line's height. */ | |
683 | if (f->display.x->line_height != FONT_HEIGHT (font)) | |
684 | XClearArea (x_current_display, window, left, | |
685 | top + FONT_HEIGHT (font), | |
686 | FONT_WIDTH (font) * len, | |
687 | /* This is how many pixels of height | |
688 | we have to clear. */ | |
689 | f->display.x->line_height - FONT_HEIGHT (font), | |
690 | False); | |
691 | } | |
692 | ||
693 | #if 0 /* Doesn't work, because it uses FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS, | |
694 | which often is not up to date yet. */ | |
695 | if (!just_foreground) | |
696 | { | |
697 | if (left == orig_left) | |
698 | redraw_previous_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left), | |
699 | PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1); | |
700 | if (n == 0) | |
701 | redraw_following_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left + len * FONT_WIDTH (font)), | |
702 | PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1); | |
703 | } | |
704 | #endif | |
07e34cb0 JB |
705 | |
706 | /* We should probably check for XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION and | |
707 | XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS properties on the font, but let's | |
708 | just get the thing working, and come back to that. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 709 | { |
4a4dc352 | 710 | int underline_position = 1; |
07e34cb0 | 711 | |
4a4dc352 JB |
712 | if (font->descent <= underline_position) |
713 | underline_position = font->descent - 1; | |
07e34cb0 JB |
714 | |
715 | if (face->underline) | |
716 | XFillRectangle (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
717 | FACE_GC (face), | |
718 | left, (top | |
719 | + FONT_BASE (font) | |
720 | + underline_position), | |
721 | len * FONT_WIDTH (font), 1); | |
dc6f92b8 | 722 | } |
07e34cb0 JB |
723 | |
724 | left += len * FONT_WIDTH (font); | |
725 | } | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
726 | } |
727 | } | |
07e34cb0 JB |
728 | #endif /* 1 */ |
729 | ||
730 | #if 0 | |
731 | /* This is the old single-face code. */ | |
732 | ||
733 | static void | |
734 | dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, font) | |
735 | struct frame *f; | |
736 | int left, top; | |
737 | register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */ | |
738 | register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */ | |
739 | int hl; | |
740 | FONT_TYPE *font; | |
741 | { | |
742 | register int len; | |
743 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); | |
744 | GC drawing_gc = (hl == 2 ? f->display.x->cursor_gc | |
745 | : (hl ? f->display.x->reverse_gc | |
746 | : f->display.x->normal_gc)); | |
747 | ||
748 | if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (XChar2b)) | |
749 | XDrawImageString16 (x_current_display, window, drawing_gc, | |
750 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (XChar2b *) gp, n); | |
751 | else if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (unsigned char)) | |
752 | XDrawImageString (x_current_display, window, drawing_gc, | |
753 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (char *) gp, n); | |
754 | else | |
755 | /* What size of glyph ARE you using? And does X have a function to | |
756 | draw them? */ | |
757 | abort (); | |
758 | } | |
759 | #endif | |
dc6f92b8 | 760 | \f |
f451eb13 JB |
761 | /* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position. |
762 | Advance the cursor over the text. | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
763 | Output LEN glyphs at START. |
764 | ||
765 | `highlight', set up by XTreassert_line_highlight or XTchange_line_highlight, | |
766 | controls the pixel values used for foreground and background. */ | |
767 | ||
768 | static | |
769 | XTwrite_glyphs (start, len) | |
770 | register GLYPH *start; | |
771 | int len; | |
772 | { | |
773 | register int temp_length; | |
774 | int mask; | |
f676886a | 775 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
776 | |
777 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
778 | ||
58769bee | 779 | do_line_dance (); |
f676886a JB |
780 | f = updating_frame; |
781 | if (f == 0) | |
dc6f92b8 | 782 | { |
f676886a | 783 | f = selected_frame; |
dc6f92b8 | 784 | /* If not within an update, |
f676886a JB |
785 | output at the frame's visible cursor. */ |
786 | curs_x = f->cursor_x; | |
787 | curs_y = f->cursor_y; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
788 | } |
789 | ||
f676886a | 790 | dumpglyphs (f, |
12ba150f JB |
791 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), |
792 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), | |
0cdd0c9f | 793 | start, len, highlight, 0); |
90e65f07 JB |
794 | |
795 | /* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off. */ | |
f676886a JB |
796 | if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y |
797 | && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x | |
798 | && curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x) | |
799 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
58769bee | 800 | |
f676886a | 801 | if (updating_frame == 0) |
dc6f92b8 | 802 | { |
f676886a JB |
803 | f->cursor_x += len; |
804 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); | |
805 | f->cursor_x -= len; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
806 | } |
807 | else | |
808 | curs_x += len; | |
809 | ||
810 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
811 | } | |
812 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
813 | /* Clear to the end of the line. |
814 | Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
815 | to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive). The idea is that everything |
816 | from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased. */ | |
58769bee | 817 | |
4746118a | 818 | static int |
dc6f92b8 JB |
819 | XTclear_end_of_line (first_unused) |
820 | register int first_unused; | |
821 | { | |
f676886a | 822 | struct frame *f = updating_frame; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
823 | int mask; |
824 | ||
f676886a | 825 | if (f == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
826 | abort (); |
827 | ||
f676886a | 828 | if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
829 | return; |
830 | if (first_unused <= 0) | |
831 | return; | |
832 | ||
f676886a JB |
833 | if (first_unused >= f->width) |
834 | first_unused = f->width; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
835 | |
836 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
837 | ||
90e65f07 | 838 | /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */ |
f676886a JB |
839 | if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y |
840 | && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x | |
841 | && f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused) | |
842 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
dc6f92b8 | 843 | |
c118dd06 | 844 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
12ba150f JB |
845 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), |
846 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), | |
f676886a | 847 | FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font) * (first_unused - curs_x), |
a27f9f86 | 848 | f->display.x->line_height, False); |
c83febd7 | 849 | #if 0 |
0cdd0c9f | 850 | redraw_previous_char (f, curs_x, curs_y, highlight); |
c83febd7 | 851 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
852 | |
853 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
854 | } | |
855 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
856 | static |
857 | XTclear_frame () | |
858 | { | |
859 | int mask; | |
860 | struct frame *f = updating_frame; | |
861 | ||
862 | if (f == 0) | |
863 | f = selected_frame; | |
864 | ||
865 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; /* Cursor not visible. */ | |
866 | curs_x = 0; /* Nominal cursor position is top left. */ | |
867 | curs_y = 0; | |
58769bee | 868 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
869 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
870 | ||
871 | XClear (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); | |
872 | ||
873 | /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed | |
874 | colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ | |
875 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f); | |
876 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
877 | XFlushQueue (); |
878 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
879 | } | |
880 | \f | |
881 | #if 0 | |
882 | /* This currently does not work because FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS doesn't | |
883 | always contain the right glyphs to use. | |
884 | ||
885 | It also needs to be changed to look at the details of the font and | |
886 | see whether there is really overlap, and do nothing when there is | |
887 | not. This can use font_char_overlap_left and font_char_overlap_right, | |
888 | but just how to use them is not clear. */ | |
889 | ||
c83febd7 RS |
890 | /* Erase the character (if any) at the position just before X, Y in frame F, |
891 | then redraw it and the character before it. | |
892 | This is necessary when we erase starting at X, | |
f94397b5 KH |
893 | in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X. |
894 | Call this function with input blocked. */ | |
c83febd7 RS |
895 | |
896 | static void | |
0cdd0c9f | 897 | redraw_previous_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag) |
c83febd7 RS |
898 | FRAME_PTR f; |
899 | int x, y; | |
0cdd0c9f | 900 | int highlight_flag; |
c83febd7 RS |
901 | { |
902 | /* Erase the character before the new ones, in case | |
903 | what was here before overlaps it. | |
904 | Reoutput that character, and the previous character | |
905 | (in case the previous character overlaps it). */ | |
906 | if (x > 0) | |
907 | { | |
908 | int start_x = x - 2; | |
909 | if (start_x < 0) | |
910 | start_x = 0; | |
911 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
912 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x - 1), | |
913 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), | |
914 | FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
a27f9f86 | 915 | f->display.x->line_height, False); |
c83febd7 RS |
916 | |
917 | dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, start_x), | |
918 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), | |
919 | &FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][start_x], | |
0cdd0c9f | 920 | x - start_x, highlight_flag, 1); |
c83febd7 RS |
921 | } |
922 | } | |
923 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
924 | /* Erase the character (if any) at the position X, Y in frame F, |
925 | then redraw it and the character after it. | |
926 | This is necessary when we erase endng at X, | |
927 | in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X. | |
928 | Call this function with input blocked. */ | |
929 | ||
930 | static void | |
931 | redraw_following_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag) | |
932 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
933 | int x, y; | |
934 | int highlight_flag; | |
dc6f92b8 | 935 | { |
0cdd0c9f RS |
936 | int limit = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[y]; |
937 | /* Erase the character after the new ones, in case | |
938 | what was here before overlaps it. | |
939 | Reoutput that character, and the following character | |
940 | (in case the following character overlaps it). */ | |
941 | if (x < limit | |
942 | && FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x] != SPACEGLYPH) | |
943 | { | |
944 | int end_x = x + 2; | |
945 | if (end_x > limit) | |
946 | end_x = limit; | |
947 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
948 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x), | |
949 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), | |
950 | FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
951 | f->display.x->line_height, False); | |
dc6f92b8 | 952 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
953 | dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x), |
954 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), | |
955 | &FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x], | |
956 | end_x - x, highlight_flag, 1); | |
957 | } | |
958 | } | |
959 | #endif /* 0 */ | |
960 | \f | |
961 | #if 0 /* Not in use yet */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 962 | |
0cdd0c9f | 963 | /* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its left edge. */ |
dbc4e1c1 | 964 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
965 | static int |
966 | font_char_overlap_left (font, c) | |
967 | XFontStruct *font; | |
968 | int c; | |
969 | { | |
970 | XCharStruct *s; | |
dbc4e1c1 | 971 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
972 | /* Find the bounding-box info for C. */ |
973 | if (font->per_char == 0) | |
974 | s = &font->max_bounds; | |
975 | else | |
976 | { | |
977 | int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1; | |
978 | int row, within; | |
58769bee | 979 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
980 | /* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2). */ |
981 | row = c >> 8; | |
982 | within = c & 0177; | |
983 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 | |
984 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 | |
985 | && row >= font->min_byte1 | |
986 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) | |
987 | { | |
988 | /* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead. */ | |
989 | c = font->default_char; | |
990 | row = c >> (INTBITS - 8); | |
991 | within = c & 0177; | |
992 | } | |
993 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 | |
994 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 | |
995 | && row >= font->min_byte1 | |
996 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) | |
997 | /* Still out of range means this char does not overlap. */ | |
998 | return 0; | |
999 | else | |
1000 | /* We found the info for this char. */ | |
1001 | s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2) | |
1002 | + row * rowlen); | |
1003 | } | |
dbc4e1c1 | 1004 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
1005 | return (s && s->lbearing < 0); |
1006 | } | |
dbc4e1c1 | 1007 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
1008 | /* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its right edge. */ |
1009 | ||
1010 | static int | |
1011 | font_char_overlap_right (font, c) | |
1012 | XFontStruct *font; | |
1013 | int c; | |
1014 | { | |
1015 | XCharStruct *s; | |
1016 | ||
1017 | /* Find the bounding-box info for C. */ | |
1018 | if (font->per_char == 0) | |
1019 | s = &font->max_bounds; | |
1020 | else | |
1021 | { | |
1022 | int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1; | |
1023 | int row, within; | |
58769bee | 1024 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
1025 | /* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2). */ |
1026 | row = c >> 8; | |
1027 | within = c & 0177; | |
1028 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 | |
1029 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 | |
1030 | && row >= font->min_byte1 | |
1031 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) | |
1032 | { | |
1033 | /* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead. */ | |
1034 | c = font->default_char; | |
1035 | row = c >> (INTBITS - 8); | |
1036 | within = c & 0177; | |
1037 | } | |
1038 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 | |
1039 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 | |
1040 | && row >= font->min_byte1 | |
1041 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) | |
1042 | /* Still out of range means this char does not overlap. */ | |
1043 | return 0; | |
1044 | else | |
1045 | /* We found the info for this char. */ | |
1046 | s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2) | |
1047 | + row * rowlen); | |
1048 | } | |
1049 | ||
1050 | return (s && s->rbearing >= s->width); | |
dc6f92b8 | 1051 | } |
0cdd0c9f | 1052 | #endif /* 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 | 1053 | \f |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1054 | /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */ |
1055 | ||
1056 | /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make sure | |
eb8c3be9 | 1057 | it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */ |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1058 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
1059 | ||
1060 | /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, | |
1061 | storing the result in RESULT. | |
1062 | Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */ | |
1063 | ||
1064 | static int | |
1065 | timeval_subtract (result, x, y) | |
1066 | struct timeval *result, x, y; | |
1067 | { | |
1068 | /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. | |
1069 | This is safer because on some systems | |
1070 | the tv_sec member is unsigned. */ | |
1071 | if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec) | |
1072 | { | |
1073 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1; | |
1074 | y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec; | |
1075 | y.tv_sec += nsec; | |
1076 | } | |
1077 | if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000) | |
1078 | { | |
1079 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000; | |
1080 | y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec; | |
1081 | y.tv_sec -= nsec; | |
1082 | } | |
1083 | ||
1084 | /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly positive. */ | |
1085 | result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec; | |
1086 | result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec; | |
1087 | ||
1088 | /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered negative. */ | |
1089 | return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec; | |
1090 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 1091 | |
f676886a JB |
1092 | XTflash (f) |
1093 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1094 | { |
dbc4e1c1 | 1095 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
dc6f92b8 | 1096 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1097 | { |
1098 | GC gc; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1099 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1100 | /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground pixels |
1101 | into background pixels. */ | |
1102 | { | |
1103 | XGCValues values; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1104 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1105 | values.function = GXxor; |
1106 | values.foreground = (f->display.x->foreground_pixel | |
1107 | ^ f->display.x->background_pixel); | |
58769bee | 1108 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1109 | gc = XCreateGC (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
1110 | GCFunction | GCForeground, &values); | |
1111 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 1112 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1113 | { |
1114 | int width = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); | |
1115 | int height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); | |
dc6f92b8 | 1116 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1117 | XFillRectangle (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
1118 | width/4, height/4, width/2, height/2); | |
1119 | XFlush (x_current_display); | |
dc6f92b8 | 1120 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1121 | { |
1122 | struct timeval wakeup, now; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1123 | |
66c30ea1 | 1124 | EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup); |
dc6f92b8 | 1125 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1126 | /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */ |
1127 | wakeup.tv_usec += 150000; | |
1128 | wakeup.tv_sec += (wakeup.tv_usec / 1000000); | |
1129 | wakeup.tv_usec %= 1000000; | |
1130 | ||
1131 | /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup. */ | |
1132 | while (1) | |
1133 | { | |
1134 | struct timeval timeout; | |
1135 | ||
66c30ea1 | 1136 | EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1137 | |
1138 | /* In effect, timeout = wakeup - timeout. | |
1139 | Break if result would be negative. */ | |
1140 | if (timeval_subtract (&timeout, wakeup, timeout)) | |
1141 | break; | |
1142 | ||
1143 | /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */ | |
1144 | select (0, 0, 0, 0, &timeout); | |
1145 | } | |
1146 | } | |
58769bee | 1147 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1148 | XFillRectangle (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
1149 | width/4, height/4, width/2, height/2); | |
1150 | XFreeGC (x_current_display, gc); | |
1151 | XFlush (x_current_display); | |
dc6f92b8 | 1152 | } |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1153 | } |
1154 | ||
1155 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1156 | } |
1157 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1158 | #endif |
1159 | ||
1160 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
1161 | /* Make audible bell. */ |
1162 | ||
bc20ebbf | 1163 | #define XRINGBELL XBell (x_current_display, 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1164 | |
1165 | XTring_bell () | |
1166 | { | |
5a6ef893 RS |
1167 | if (x_current_display == 0) |
1168 | return; | |
1169 | ||
dbc4e1c1 | 1170 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
dc6f92b8 | 1171 | if (visible_bell) |
f676886a | 1172 | XTflash (selected_frame); |
dc6f92b8 | 1173 | else |
dbc4e1c1 | 1174 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1175 | { |
1176 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1177 | XRINGBELL; | |
1178 | XFlushQueue (); | |
1179 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
1180 | } | |
1181 | } | |
1182 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
1183 | /* Insert and delete character. |
1184 | These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn | |
1185 | off the feature of using them. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 1186 | |
58769bee | 1187 | static |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1188 | XTinsert_glyphs (start, len) |
1189 | register char *start; | |
1190 | register int len; | |
1191 | { | |
1192 | abort (); | |
1193 | } | |
1194 | ||
58769bee | 1195 | static |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1196 | XTdelete_glyphs (n) |
1197 | register int n; | |
1198 | { | |
1199 | abort (); | |
1200 | } | |
1201 | \f | |
1202 | /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, | |
1203 | should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. | |
1204 | This, and those operations, are used only within an update | |
1205 | that is bounded by calls to XTupdate_begin and XTupdate_end. */ | |
1206 | ||
1207 | static | |
1208 | XTset_terminal_window (n) | |
1209 | register int n; | |
1210 | { | |
f676886a | 1211 | if (updating_frame == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1212 | abort (); |
1213 | ||
f676886a JB |
1214 | if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height)) |
1215 | flexlines = updating_frame->height; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1216 | else |
1217 | flexlines = n; | |
1218 | } | |
1219 | \f | |
58769bee KH |
1220 | /* Array of line numbers from cached insert/delete operations. |
1221 | line_dance[i] is the old position of the line that we want | |
1222 | to move to line i, or -1 if we want a blank line there. */ | |
1223 | static int *line_dance; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1224 | |
58769bee KH |
1225 | /* Allocated length of that array. */ |
1226 | static int line_dance_len; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1227 | |
58769bee KH |
1228 | /* Flag indicating whether we've done any work. */ |
1229 | static int line_dance_in_progress; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1230 | |
58769bee KH |
1231 | /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, |
1232 | inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ | |
1233 | XTins_del_lines (vpos, n) | |
1234 | int vpos, n; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1235 | { |
58769bee | 1236 | register int fence, i; |
dc6f92b8 | 1237 | |
58769bee | 1238 | if (vpos >= flexlines) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1239 | return; |
1240 | ||
58769bee | 1241 | if (!line_dance_in_progress) |
dc6f92b8 | 1242 | { |
58769bee KH |
1243 | int ht = updating_frame->height; |
1244 | if (ht > line_dance_len) | |
1245 | { | |
1246 | line_dance = (int *)xrealloc (line_dance, ht * sizeof (int)); | |
1247 | line_dance_len = ht; | |
1248 | } | |
1249 | for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) line_dance[i] = i; | |
1250 | line_dance_in_progress = 1; | |
1251 | } | |
1252 | if (n >= 0) | |
1253 | { | |
1254 | if (n > flexlines - vpos) | |
1255 | n = flexlines - vpos; | |
1256 | fence = vpos + n; | |
1257 | for (i = flexlines; --i >= fence;) | |
1258 | line_dance[i] = line_dance[i-n]; | |
1259 | for (i = fence; --i >= vpos;) | |
1260 | line_dance[i] = -1; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1261 | } |
1262 | else | |
1263 | { | |
58769bee KH |
1264 | n = -n; |
1265 | if (n > flexlines - vpos) | |
1266 | n = flexlines - vpos; | |
1267 | fence = flexlines - n; | |
1268 | for (i = vpos; i < fence; ++i) | |
1269 | line_dance[i] = line_dance[i + n]; | |
1270 | for (i = fence; i < flexlines; ++i) | |
1271 | line_dance[i] = -1; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1272 | } |
1273 | } | |
1274 | ||
58769bee KH |
1275 | /* Here's where we actually move the pixels around. |
1276 | Must be called with input blocked. */ | |
1277 | static void | |
1278 | do_line_dance () | |
dc6f92b8 | 1279 | { |
58769bee KH |
1280 | register int i, j, distance; |
1281 | register struct frame *f; | |
1282 | int ht; | |
1283 | int intborder; | |
1284 | ||
1285 | /* Must check this flag first. If it's not set, then not only is the | |
1286 | array uninitialized, but we might not even have a frame. */ | |
1287 | if (!line_dance_in_progress) | |
1288 | return; | |
1289 | ||
1290 | f = updating_frame; | |
1291 | if (f == 0) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1292 | abort (); |
1293 | ||
58769bee KH |
1294 | ht = f->height; |
1295 | intborder = f->display.x->internal_border_width; | |
1296 | ||
f676886a | 1297 | x_display_cursor (updating_frame, 0); |
dc6f92b8 | 1298 | |
58769bee KH |
1299 | for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) |
1300 | if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) > 0) | |
1301 | { | |
1302 | for (j = i; (j < ht && line_dance[j] != -1 | |
1303 | && line_dance[j]-j == distance); ++j); | |
1304 | /* Copy [i,j) upward from [i+distance,j+distance) */ | |
1305 | XCopyArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
1306 | FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->display.x->normal_gc, | |
1307 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i+distance), | |
1308 | f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
1309 | (j-i) * f->display.x->line_height, | |
1310 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i)); | |
1311 | i = j-1; | |
1312 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 1313 | |
58769bee KH |
1314 | for (i = ht; --i >=0; ) |
1315 | if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) < 0) | |
1316 | { | |
1317 | for (j = i; (--j >= 0 && line_dance[j] != -1 | |
1318 | && line_dance[j]-j == distance); --j); | |
1319 | /* Copy (j,i] downward from (j+distance, i+distance] */ | |
1320 | XCopyArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
1321 | FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->display.x->normal_gc, | |
1322 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1+distance), | |
1323 | f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
1324 | (i-j) * f->display.x->line_height, | |
1325 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1)); | |
1326 | i = j+1; | |
1327 | } | |
1328 | ||
1329 | for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) | |
1330 | if (line_dance[i] == -1) | |
1331 | { | |
1332 | for (j = i; j < ht && line_dance[j] == -1; ++j); | |
1333 | /* Clear [i,j) */ | |
1334 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
1335 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i), | |
1336 | f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
1337 | (j-i) * f->display.x->line_height, False); | |
1338 | i = j-1; | |
1339 | } | |
1340 | line_dance_in_progress = 0; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1341 | } |
1342 | \f | |
f451eb13 | 1343 | /* Support routines for exposure events. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1344 | static void clear_cursor (); |
1345 | ||
f676886a JB |
1346 | /* Output into a rectangle of an X-window (for frame F) |
1347 | the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle. | |
dc6f92b8 | 1348 | TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle. |
f94397b5 KH |
1349 | ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle. |
1350 | Call this function with input blocked. */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1351 | |
1352 | static void | |
f676886a JB |
1353 | dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows) |
1354 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1355 | register int left, top, cols, rows; |
1356 | { | |
f676886a | 1357 | register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1358 | int cursor_cleared = 0; |
1359 | int bottom, right; | |
1360 | register int y; | |
1361 | ||
f676886a | 1362 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1363 | return; |
1364 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
1365 | /* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size. */ |
1366 | bottom = top + rows; | |
1367 | right = left + cols; | |
58769bee | 1368 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1369 | /* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars. |
1370 | Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom. */ | |
12ba150f JB |
1371 | top = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top); |
1372 | left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left); | |
a27f9f86 | 1373 | bottom += (f->display.x->line_height - 1); |
f676886a | 1374 | right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font) - 1); |
12ba150f JB |
1375 | bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom); |
1376 | right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1377 | |
1378 | /* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible. */ | |
1379 | if (left < 0) | |
1380 | left = 0; | |
1381 | if (top < 0) | |
1382 | top = 0; | |
f676886a JB |
1383 | if (right > f->width) |
1384 | right = f->width; | |
1385 | if (bottom > f->height) | |
1386 | bottom = f->height; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1387 | |
1388 | /* Get size in chars of the rectangle. */ | |
1389 | cols = right - left; | |
1390 | rows = bottom - top; | |
1391 | ||
1392 | /* If rectangle has zero area, return. */ | |
1393 | if (rows <= 0) return; | |
1394 | if (cols <= 0) return; | |
1395 | ||
1396 | /* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle. | |
1397 | We will turn it back on afterward. */ | |
f676886a JB |
1398 | if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right) |
1399 | && (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom)) | |
dc6f92b8 | 1400 | { |
f676886a | 1401 | clear_cursor (f); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1402 | cursor_cleared = 1; |
1403 | } | |
1404 | ||
1405 | /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */ | |
1406 | ||
1407 | for (y = top; y < bottom; y++) | |
1408 | { | |
f676886a | 1409 | GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left]; |
dc6f92b8 | 1410 | |
f676886a | 1411 | if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y]) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1412 | continue; |
1413 | ||
f676886a | 1414 | dumpglyphs (f, |
12ba150f JB |
1415 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left), |
1416 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), | |
1417 | line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left), | |
0cdd0c9f | 1418 | active_frame->highlight[y], 0); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1419 | } |
1420 | ||
1421 | /* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off. */ | |
1422 | ||
1423 | if (cursor_cleared) | |
f676886a | 1424 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); |
dc6f92b8 | 1425 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 1426 | \f |
dc6f92b8 | 1427 | static void |
f676886a JB |
1428 | frame_highlight (frame) |
1429 | struct frame *frame; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1430 | { |
b3e1e05c JB |
1431 | /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but |
1432 | the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap | |
1433 | and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the | |
1434 | client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ | |
1435 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1436 | XSetWindowBorder (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), | |
1437 | frame->display.x->border_pixel); | |
1438 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
f676886a | 1439 | x_display_cursor (frame, 1); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1440 | } |
1441 | ||
1442 | static void | |
f676886a JB |
1443 | frame_unhighlight (frame) |
1444 | struct frame *frame; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1445 | { |
b3e1e05c JB |
1446 | /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but |
1447 | the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap | |
1448 | and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the | |
1449 | client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ | |
1450 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1451 | XSetWindowBorderPixmap (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), | |
1452 | frame->display.x->border_tile); | |
1453 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
f676886a | 1454 | x_display_cursor (frame, 1); |
dc6f92b8 | 1455 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 1456 | |
f676886a | 1457 | static void XTframe_rehighlight (); |
6d4238f3 | 1458 | |
f676886a JB |
1459 | /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect |
1460 | the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame | |
dc6f92b8 | 1461 | here, because the lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. |
eb8c3be9 | 1462 | Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the |
6d4238f3 | 1463 | lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 1464 | |
6d4238f3 | 1465 | static void |
f676886a JB |
1466 | x_new_focus_frame (frame) |
1467 | struct frame *frame; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1468 | { |
f676886a | 1469 | struct frame *old_focus = x_focus_frame; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1470 | int events_enqueued = 0; |
1471 | ||
f676886a | 1472 | if (frame != x_focus_frame) |
dc6f92b8 | 1473 | { |
58769bee | 1474 | /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see |
f676886a JB |
1475 | the correct value of x_focus_frame. */ |
1476 | x_focus_frame = frame; | |
6d4238f3 JB |
1477 | |
1478 | if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) | |
f676886a | 1479 | x_lower_frame (old_focus); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1480 | |
1481 | #if 0 | |
f676886a | 1482 | selected_frame = frame; |
e0c1aef2 KH |
1483 | XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame->selected_window)->frame, |
1484 | selected_frame); | |
f676886a JB |
1485 | Fselect_window (selected_frame->selected_window); |
1486 | choose_minibuf_frame (); | |
c118dd06 | 1487 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 | 1488 | |
f676886a | 1489 | if (x_focus_frame && x_focus_frame->auto_raise) |
0134a210 RS |
1490 | pending_autoraise_frame = x_focus_frame; |
1491 | else | |
1492 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; | |
6d4238f3 | 1493 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 1494 | |
f676886a | 1495 | XTframe_rehighlight (); |
6d4238f3 JB |
1496 | } |
1497 | ||
1498 | ||
f451eb13 JB |
1499 | /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to |
1500 | another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate | |
1501 | minibuffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. */ | |
6d4238f3 | 1502 | static void |
f676886a | 1503 | XTframe_rehighlight () |
6d4238f3 | 1504 | { |
f676886a | 1505 | struct frame *old_highlight = x_highlight_frame; |
6d4238f3 | 1506 | |
f676886a | 1507 | if (x_focus_frame) |
6d4238f3 | 1508 | { |
f451eb13 | 1509 | x_highlight_frame = |
ab648270 | 1510 | ((XGCTYPE (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (x_focus_frame)) == Lisp_Frame) |
f451eb13 JB |
1511 | ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (x_focus_frame)) |
1512 | : x_focus_frame); | |
1513 | if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (x_highlight_frame)) | |
1514 | { | |
1515 | FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (x_focus_frame) = Qnil; | |
1516 | x_highlight_frame = x_focus_frame; | |
1517 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 1518 | } |
6d4238f3 | 1519 | else |
f676886a | 1520 | x_highlight_frame = 0; |
dc6f92b8 | 1521 | |
f676886a | 1522 | if (x_highlight_frame != old_highlight) |
6d4238f3 JB |
1523 | { |
1524 | if (old_highlight) | |
f676886a JB |
1525 | frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); |
1526 | if (x_highlight_frame) | |
1527 | frame_highlight (x_highlight_frame); | |
6d4238f3 | 1528 | } |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1529 | } |
1530 | \f | |
e4571a43 | 1531 | /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 1532 | |
28430d3c JB |
1533 | /* Which modifier keys are on which modifier bits? |
1534 | ||
1535 | With each keystroke, X returns eight bits indicating which modifier | |
11edeb03 JB |
1536 | keys were held down when the key was pressed. The interpretation |
1537 | of the top five modifier bits depends on what keys are attached | |
28430d3c JB |
1538 | to them. If the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms are on mod5, then mod5 |
1539 | is the meta bit. | |
58769bee | 1540 | |
28430d3c JB |
1541 | x_meta_mod_mask is a mask containing the bits used for the meta key. |
1542 | It may have more than one bit set, if more than one modifier bit | |
1543 | has meta keys on it. Basically, if EVENT is a KeyPress event, | |
58769bee | 1544 | the meta key is pressed if (EVENT.state & x_meta_mod_mask) != 0. |
11edeb03 JB |
1545 | |
1546 | x_shift_lock_mask is LockMask if the XK_Shift_Lock keysym is on the | |
1547 | lock modifier bit, or zero otherwise. Non-alphabetic keys should | |
1548 | only be affected by the lock modifier bit if XK_Shift_Lock is in | |
1549 | use; XK_Caps_Lock should only affect alphabetic keys. With this | |
1550 | arrangement, the lock modifier should shift the character if | |
1551 | (EVENT.state & x_shift_lock_mask) != 0. */ | |
1552 | static int x_meta_mod_mask, x_shift_lock_mask; | |
28430d3c | 1553 | |
a3c44b14 RS |
1554 | /* These are like x_meta_mod_mask, but for different modifiers. */ |
1555 | static int x_alt_mod_mask, x_super_mod_mask, x_hyper_mod_mask; | |
1556 | ||
28430d3c JB |
1557 | /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */ |
1558 | static void | |
1559 | x_find_modifier_meanings () | |
1560 | { | |
f689eb05 | 1561 | int min_code, max_code; |
28430d3c JB |
1562 | KeySym *syms; |
1563 | int syms_per_code; | |
1564 | XModifierKeymap *mods; | |
1565 | ||
1566 | x_meta_mod_mask = 0; | |
11edeb03 | 1567 | x_shift_lock_mask = 0; |
a3c44b14 RS |
1568 | x_alt_mod_mask = 0; |
1569 | x_super_mod_mask = 0; | |
1570 | x_hyper_mod_mask = 0; | |
58769bee | 1571 | |
9658a521 | 1572 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
28430d3c | 1573 | XDisplayKeycodes (x_current_display, &min_code, &max_code); |
9658a521 JB |
1574 | #else |
1575 | min_code = x_current_display->min_keycode; | |
1576 | max_code = x_current_display->max_keycode; | |
1577 | #endif | |
1578 | ||
28430d3c JB |
1579 | syms = XGetKeyboardMapping (x_current_display, |
1580 | min_code, max_code - min_code + 1, | |
1581 | &syms_per_code); | |
1582 | mods = XGetModifierMapping (x_current_display); | |
1583 | ||
58769bee | 1584 | /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and |
11edeb03 | 1585 | Alt keysyms are on. */ |
28430d3c JB |
1586 | { |
1587 | int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */ | |
1588 | ||
1589 | for (row = 3; row < 8; row++) | |
1590 | for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++) | |
1591 | { | |
1592 | KeyCode code = | |
1593 | mods->modifiermap[(row * mods->max_keypermod) + col]; | |
1594 | ||
af92970c KH |
1595 | /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */ |
1596 | if (code == 0) | |
1597 | continue; | |
1598 | ||
28430d3c JB |
1599 | /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */ |
1600 | { | |
1601 | int code_col; | |
1602 | ||
1603 | for (code_col = 0; code_col < syms_per_code; code_col++) | |
1604 | { | |
f689eb05 | 1605 | int sym = syms[((code - min_code) * syms_per_code) + code_col]; |
28430d3c | 1606 | |
f689eb05 | 1607 | switch (sym) |
28430d3c | 1608 | { |
f689eb05 JB |
1609 | case XK_Meta_L: |
1610 | case XK_Meta_R: | |
28430d3c JB |
1611 | x_meta_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
1612 | break; | |
f689eb05 JB |
1613 | |
1614 | case XK_Alt_L: | |
1615 | case XK_Alt_R: | |
a3c44b14 RS |
1616 | x_alt_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
1617 | break; | |
1618 | ||
1619 | case XK_Hyper_L: | |
1620 | case XK_Hyper_R: | |
1621 | x_hyper_mod_mask |= (1 << row); | |
1622 | break; | |
1623 | ||
1624 | case XK_Super_L: | |
1625 | case XK_Super_R: | |
1626 | x_super_mod_mask |= (1 << row); | |
f689eb05 | 1627 | break; |
11edeb03 JB |
1628 | |
1629 | case XK_Shift_Lock: | |
1630 | /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */ | |
1631 | if ((1 << row) == LockMask) | |
1632 | x_shift_lock_mask = LockMask; | |
1633 | break; | |
28430d3c JB |
1634 | } |
1635 | } | |
1636 | } | |
1637 | } | |
1638 | } | |
1639 | ||
f689eb05 JB |
1640 | /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */ |
1641 | if (! x_meta_mod_mask) | |
a3c44b14 RS |
1642 | { |
1643 | x_meta_mod_mask = x_alt_mod_mask; | |
1644 | x_alt_mod_mask = 0; | |
1645 | } | |
f689eb05 | 1646 | |
148c4b70 RS |
1647 | /* If some keys are both alt and meta, |
1648 | make them just meta, not alt. */ | |
1649 | if (x_alt_mod_mask & x_meta_mod_mask) | |
1650 | { | |
1651 | x_alt_mod_mask &= ~x_meta_mod_mask; | |
1652 | } | |
58769bee | 1653 | |
28430d3c | 1654 | XFree ((char *) syms); |
f689eb05 | 1655 | XFreeModifiermap (mods); |
28430d3c JB |
1656 | } |
1657 | ||
dfeccd2d JB |
1658 | /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits |
1659 | Emacs uses. */ | |
7c5283e4 | 1660 | static unsigned int |
dfeccd2d | 1661 | x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (state) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1662 | unsigned int state; |
1663 | { | |
11edeb03 JB |
1664 | return ( ((state & (ShiftMask | x_shift_lock_mask)) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
1665 | | ((state & ControlMask) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) | |
a3c44b14 RS |
1666 | | ((state & x_meta_mod_mask) ? meta_modifier : 0) |
1667 | | ((state & x_alt_mod_mask) ? alt_modifier : 0) | |
1668 | | ((state & x_super_mod_mask) ? super_modifier : 0) | |
1669 | | ((state & x_hyper_mod_mask) ? hyper_modifier : 0)); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1670 | } |
1671 | ||
dfeccd2d JB |
1672 | static unsigned int |
1673 | x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (state) | |
1674 | unsigned int state; | |
1675 | { | |
1676 | return ( ((state & alt_modifier) ? x_alt_mod_mask : 0) | |
1677 | | ((state & super_modifier) ? x_super_mod_mask : 0) | |
1678 | | ((state & hyper_modifier) ? x_hyper_mod_mask : 0) | |
1679 | | ((state & shift_modifier) ? ShiftMask : 0) | |
1680 | | ((state & ctrl_modifier) ? ControlMask : 0) | |
1681 | | ((state & meta_modifier) ? x_meta_mod_mask : 0)); | |
1682 | } | |
e4571a43 JB |
1683 | \f |
1684 | /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ | |
e4571a43 JB |
1685 | |
1686 | /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return | |
1687 | glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle | |
69388238 RS |
1688 | that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. |
1689 | If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range. */ | |
1690 | ||
c8dba240 | 1691 | void |
69388238 | 1692 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip) |
e4571a43 | 1693 | FRAME_PTR f; |
69388238 | 1694 | register int pix_x, pix_y; |
e4571a43 JB |
1695 | register int *x, *y; |
1696 | XRectangle *bounds; | |
69388238 | 1697 | int noclip; |
e4571a43 | 1698 | { |
69388238 RS |
1699 | /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down |
1700 | even for negative values. */ | |
1701 | if (pix_x < 0) | |
1702 | pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->display.x->font) - 1; | |
1703 | if (pix_y < 0) | |
a27f9f86 | 1704 | pix_y -= (f)->display.x->line_height - 1; |
69388238 | 1705 | |
e4571a43 JB |
1706 | pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x); |
1707 | pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y); | |
1708 | ||
1709 | if (bounds) | |
1710 | { | |
1711 | bounds->width = FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font); | |
a27f9f86 | 1712 | bounds->height = f->display.x->line_height; |
e4571a43 JB |
1713 | bounds->x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x); |
1714 | bounds->y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y); | |
1715 | } | |
1716 | ||
69388238 RS |
1717 | if (!noclip) |
1718 | { | |
1719 | if (pix_x < 0) | |
1720 | pix_x = 0; | |
1721 | else if (pix_x > f->width) | |
1722 | pix_x = f->width; | |
1723 | ||
1724 | if (pix_y < 0) | |
1725 | pix_y = 0; | |
1726 | else if (pix_y > f->height) | |
1727 | pix_y = f->height; | |
1728 | } | |
e4571a43 JB |
1729 | |
1730 | *x = pix_x; | |
1731 | *y = pix_y; | |
1732 | } | |
1733 | ||
2b5c9e71 RS |
1734 | void |
1735 | glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y) | |
1736 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
1737 | register int x, y; | |
1738 | register int *pix_x, *pix_y; | |
1739 | { | |
1740 | *pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x); | |
1741 | *pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y); | |
1742 | } | |
1743 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
1744 | /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. |
1745 | ||
1746 | If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed | |
f451eb13 | 1747 | the mouse. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1748 | |
1749 | static Lisp_Object | |
f451eb13 | 1750 | construct_mouse_click (result, event, f) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1751 | struct input_event *result; |
1752 | XButtonEvent *event; | |
f676886a | 1753 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 | 1754 | { |
f451eb13 | 1755 | /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide |
dc6f92b8 | 1756 | otherwise. */ |
f451eb13 | 1757 | result->kind = mouse_click; |
69388238 | 1758 | result->code = event->button - Button1; |
1113d9db | 1759 | result->timestamp = event->time; |
dfeccd2d | 1760 | result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (event->state) |
f689eb05 | 1761 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease |
58769bee | 1762 | ? up_modifier |
f689eb05 | 1763 | : down_modifier)); |
dc6f92b8 | 1764 | |
f451eb13 JB |
1765 | { |
1766 | int row, column; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1767 | |
2b5c9e71 | 1768 | #if 0 |
69388238 | 1769 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, event->x, event->y, &column, &row, NULL, 0); |
90e1eb6f KH |
1770 | XSETFASTINT (result->x, column); |
1771 | XSETFASTINT (result->y, row); | |
2b5c9e71 | 1772 | #endif |
e0c1aef2 KH |
1773 | XSETINT (result->x, event->x); |
1774 | XSETINT (result->y, event->y); | |
1775 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); | |
f451eb13 | 1776 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 1777 | } |
b849c413 RS |
1778 | |
1779 | /* Prepare a menu-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. */ | |
1780 | ||
1781 | static Lisp_Object | |
1782 | construct_menu_click (result, event, f) | |
1783 | struct input_event *result; | |
1784 | XButtonEvent *event; | |
1785 | struct frame *f; | |
1786 | { | |
1787 | /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide | |
1788 | otherwise. */ | |
1789 | result->kind = mouse_click; | |
e0c1aef2 | 1790 | XSETINT (result->code, event->button - Button1); |
b849c413 RS |
1791 | result->timestamp = event->time; |
1792 | result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (event->state) | |
1793 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease | |
58769bee | 1794 | ? up_modifier |
b849c413 RS |
1795 | : down_modifier)); |
1796 | ||
e0c1aef2 KH |
1797 | XSETINT (result->x, event->x); |
1798 | XSETINT (result->y, -1); | |
1799 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); | |
b849c413 | 1800 | } |
69388238 | 1801 | \f |
90e65f07 JB |
1802 | /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. |
1803 | The input handler calls this. | |
1804 | ||
1805 | We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. | |
1806 | If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell | |
1807 | the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for | |
1808 | another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ | |
b8009dd1 | 1809 | |
90e65f07 | 1810 | static void |
12ba150f | 1811 | note_mouse_movement (frame, event) |
f676886a | 1812 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
90e65f07 JB |
1813 | XMotionEvent *event; |
1814 | ||
1815 | { | |
e5d77022 JB |
1816 | last_mouse_movement_time = event->time; |
1817 | ||
27f338af RS |
1818 | if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame)) |
1819 | { | |
1820 | mouse_moved = 1; | |
1821 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
1822 | ||
1823 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); | |
1824 | ||
1825 | /* Ask for another mouse motion event. */ | |
1826 | { | |
1827 | int dummy; | |
847e150a | 1828 | Window dummy_window; |
27f338af RS |
1829 | |
1830 | XQueryPointer (event->display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), | |
847e150a | 1831 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, |
27f338af RS |
1832 | &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, |
1833 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); | |
1834 | } | |
1835 | } | |
1836 | ||
90e65f07 | 1837 | /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ |
27f338af RS |
1838 | else if (event->x < last_mouse_glyph.x |
1839 | || event->x >= last_mouse_glyph.x + last_mouse_glyph.width | |
1840 | || event->y < last_mouse_glyph.y | |
1841 | || event->y >= last_mouse_glyph.y + last_mouse_glyph.height) | |
12ba150f JB |
1842 | { |
1843 | mouse_moved = 1; | |
ab648270 | 1844 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
b8009dd1 RS |
1845 | |
1846 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y); | |
1847 | ||
1848 | /* Ask for another mouse motion event. */ | |
1849 | { | |
1850 | int dummy; | |
847e150a | 1851 | Window dummy_window; |
b8009dd1 | 1852 | |
27f338af | 1853 | XQueryPointer (event->display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), |
847e150a | 1854 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, |
b8009dd1 RS |
1855 | &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, |
1856 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); | |
1857 | } | |
12ba150f | 1858 | } |
90e65f07 JB |
1859 | else |
1860 | { | |
1861 | /* It's on the same glyph. Call XQueryPointer so we'll get an | |
1862 | event the next time the mouse moves and we can see if it's | |
1863 | *still* on the same glyph. */ | |
1864 | int dummy; | |
847e150a | 1865 | Window dummy_window; |
58769bee | 1866 | |
27f338af | 1867 | XQueryPointer (event->display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), |
847e150a | 1868 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, |
90e65f07 JB |
1869 | &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, |
1870 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); | |
1871 | } | |
1872 | } | |
1873 | ||
bf1c0ba1 RS |
1874 | /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */ |
1875 | static int disable_mouse_highlight; | |
1876 | ||
b8009dd1 RS |
1877 | /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F |
1878 | as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties. | |
27f338af RS |
1879 | Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before. |
1880 | X and Y can be negative or out of range. */ | |
b8009dd1 RS |
1881 | |
1882 | static void | |
1883 | note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y) | |
1884 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
1885 | { | |
1886 | int row, column, portion; | |
1887 | XRectangle new_glyph; | |
1888 | Lisp_Object window; | |
1889 | struct window *w; | |
1890 | ||
bf1c0ba1 RS |
1891 | if (disable_mouse_highlight) |
1892 | return; | |
1893 | ||
b8009dd1 RS |
1894 | mouse_face_mouse_x = x; |
1895 | mouse_face_mouse_y = y; | |
1896 | mouse_face_mouse_frame = f; | |
1897 | ||
1898 | if (mouse_face_defer) | |
1899 | return; | |
1900 | ||
514e4681 RS |
1901 | if (gc_in_progress) |
1902 | { | |
1903 | mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1; | |
1904 | return; | |
1905 | } | |
1906 | ||
b8009dd1 RS |
1907 | /* Find out which glyph the mouse is on. */ |
1908 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row, | |
1909 | &new_glyph, x_mouse_grabbed); | |
1910 | ||
1911 | /* Which window is that in? */ | |
1912 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion); | |
1913 | w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1914 | ||
1915 | /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */ | |
1916 | if (! EQ (window, mouse_face_window)) | |
1917 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
1918 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
1919 | /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date? |
1920 | And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */ | |
27f338af RS |
1921 | if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0 |
1922 | && row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f) | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
1923 | && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer) |
1924 | && w->last_modified == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) | |
b8009dd1 RS |
1925 | { |
1926 | int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row]; | |
1927 | int i, pos; | |
1928 | ||
1929 | /* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to. */ | |
1930 | for (i = column; i >= 0; i--) | |
1931 | if (ptr[i] > 0) | |
1932 | break; | |
1933 | pos = ptr[i]; | |
1934 | /* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)? */ | |
55836b73 KH |
1935 | if (pos <= 0) |
1936 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
1937 | else if (! (EQ (window, mouse_face_window) | |
3b506386 KH |
1938 | && row >= mouse_face_beg_row |
1939 | && row <= mouse_face_end_row | |
1940 | && (row > mouse_face_beg_row || column >= mouse_face_beg_col) | |
4d73d038 RS |
1941 | && (row < mouse_face_end_row || column < mouse_face_end_col |
1942 | || mouse_face_past_end))) | |
b8009dd1 RS |
1943 | { |
1944 | Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position; | |
1945 | Lisp_Object *overlay_vec; | |
1946 | int len, noverlays, ignor1; | |
f8bdb8e6 | 1947 | struct buffer *obuf; |
e444162e | 1948 | int obegv, ozv; |
f8bdb8e6 | 1949 | |
e444162e RS |
1950 | /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */ |
1951 | if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) | |
f8bdb8e6 | 1952 | return; |
b8009dd1 | 1953 | |
09fe4c31 RS |
1954 | /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for |
1955 | overlays_at and compute_char_face. */ | |
f8bdb8e6 | 1956 | obuf = current_buffer; |
09fe4c31 | 1957 | current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); |
e444162e RS |
1958 | obegv = BEGV; |
1959 | ozv = ZV; | |
1960 | BEGV = BEG; | |
1961 | ZV = Z; | |
09fe4c31 | 1962 | |
b8009dd1 RS |
1963 | /* Yes. Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */ |
1964 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
1965 | ||
1966 | /* Is this char mouse-active? */ | |
e0c1aef2 | 1967 | XSETINT (position, pos); |
b8009dd1 RS |
1968 | |
1969 | len = 10; | |
1970 | overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); | |
1971 | ||
1972 | /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec. | |
1973 | Store the length in len. */ | |
7965883b RS |
1974 | noverlays = overlays_at (XINT (pos), 1, &overlay_vec, &len, |
1975 | NULL, NULL); | |
09fe4c31 | 1976 | noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w); |
b8009dd1 RS |
1977 | |
1978 | /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */ | |
1979 | overlay = Qnil; | |
1980 | for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++) | |
1981 | { | |
1982 | mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face); | |
1983 | if (!NILP (mouse_face)) | |
1984 | { | |
1985 | overlay = overlay_vec[i]; | |
1986 | break; | |
1987 | } | |
1988 | } | |
1989 | free (overlay_vec); | |
1990 | /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */ | |
1991 | if (NILP (overlay)) | |
1992 | mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer); | |
1993 | ||
1994 | /* Handle the overlay case. */ | |
1995 | if (! NILP (overlay)) | |
1996 | { | |
1997 | /* Find the range of text around this char that | |
1998 | should be active. */ | |
1999 | Lisp_Object before, after; | |
2000 | int ignore; | |
2001 | ||
2002 | before = Foverlay_start (overlay); | |
2003 | after = Foverlay_end (overlay); | |
2004 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ | |
4d73d038 RS |
2005 | fast_find_position (window, before, &mouse_face_beg_col, |
2006 | &mouse_face_beg_row); | |
2007 | mouse_face_past_end | |
2008 | = !fast_find_position (window, after, &mouse_face_end_col, | |
2009 | &mouse_face_end_row); | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2010 | mouse_face_window = window; |
2011 | mouse_face_face_id = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0, | |
2012 | &ignore, pos + 1, 1); | |
2013 | ||
2014 | /* Display it as active. */ | |
2015 | show_mouse_face (1); | |
2016 | } | |
2017 | /* Handle the text property case. */ | |
2018 | else if (! NILP (mouse_face)) | |
2019 | { | |
2020 | /* Find the range of text around this char that | |
2021 | should be active. */ | |
2022 | Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end; | |
2023 | int ignore; | |
2024 | ||
2025 | beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start); | |
e0c1aef2 KH |
2026 | XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) |
2027 | - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))); | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2028 | before |
2029 | = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1), | |
2030 | Qmouse_face, | |
2031 | w->buffer, beginning); | |
2032 | after | |
2033 | = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face, | |
2034 | w->buffer, end); | |
2035 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ | |
4d73d038 RS |
2036 | fast_find_position (window, before, &mouse_face_beg_col, |
2037 | &mouse_face_beg_row); | |
2038 | mouse_face_past_end | |
2039 | = !fast_find_position (window, after, &mouse_face_end_col, | |
2040 | &mouse_face_end_row); | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2041 | mouse_face_window = window; |
2042 | mouse_face_face_id | |
2043 | = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0, | |
2044 | &ignore, pos + 1, 1); | |
2045 | ||
2046 | /* Display it as active. */ | |
2047 | show_mouse_face (1); | |
2048 | } | |
e444162e RS |
2049 | BEGV = obegv; |
2050 | ZV = ozv; | |
09fe4c31 | 2051 | current_buffer = obuf; |
b8009dd1 | 2052 | } |
b8009dd1 RS |
2053 | } |
2054 | } | |
2055 | \f | |
2056 | /* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW. | |
2057 | Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP. | |
bf1c0ba1 RS |
2058 | This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date. |
2059 | If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords | |
2060 | of start of first screen line. | |
4d73d038 RS |
2061 | If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line. |
2062 | ||
2063 | Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen. */ | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2064 | |
2065 | static int | |
2066 | fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp) | |
2067 | Lisp_Object window; | |
2068 | int pos; | |
2069 | int *columnp, *rowp; | |
2070 | { | |
2071 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); | |
2072 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
2073 | int i; | |
4d73d038 | 2074 | int row = 0; |
b8009dd1 RS |
2075 | int left = w->left; |
2076 | int top = w->top; | |
2077 | int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w); | |
2078 | int width = window_internal_width (w); | |
2079 | int *charstarts; | |
bf1c0ba1 | 2080 | int lastcol; |
b8009dd1 | 2081 | |
4d73d038 | 2082 | /* Find the right row. */ |
b8009dd1 RS |
2083 | for (i = 0; |
2084 | i < height; | |
2085 | i++) | |
2086 | { | |
2087 | int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left]; | |
2088 | if (linestart > pos) | |
2089 | break; | |
2090 | if (linestart > 0) | |
2091 | row = i; | |
2092 | } | |
2093 | ||
4d73d038 | 2094 | /* Find the right column with in it. */ |
b8009dd1 | 2095 | charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row]; |
bf1c0ba1 | 2096 | lastcol = left; |
b8009dd1 | 2097 | for (i = 0; i < width; i++) |
bf1c0ba1 RS |
2098 | { |
2099 | if (charstarts[left + i] == pos) | |
2100 | { | |
2101 | *rowp = row + top; | |
2102 | *columnp = i + left; | |
2103 | return 1; | |
2104 | } | |
2105 | else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos) | |
4d73d038 RS |
2106 | break; |
2107 | else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0) | |
bf1c0ba1 RS |
2108 | lastcol = left + i; |
2109 | } | |
b8009dd1 | 2110 | |
bf1c0ba1 RS |
2111 | *rowp = row + top; |
2112 | *columnp = lastcol; | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2113 | return 0; |
2114 | } | |
2115 | ||
2116 | /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_* | |
2117 | in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */ | |
2118 | ||
2119 | static void | |
2120 | show_mouse_face (hl) | |
2121 | int hl; | |
2122 | { | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2123 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (mouse_face_window); |
2124 | int width = window_internal_width (w); | |
2125 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
2126 | int i; | |
514e4681 | 2127 | int cursor_off = 0; |
fb3b7de5 RS |
2128 | int old_curs_x = curs_x; |
2129 | int old_curs_y = curs_y; | |
2130 | ||
2131 | /* Set these variables temporarily | |
2132 | so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again | |
2133 | we will put it back at the same place. */ | |
2134 | curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x; | |
2135 | curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y; | |
b8009dd1 | 2136 | |
3b506386 | 2137 | for (i = mouse_face_beg_row; i <= mouse_face_end_row; i++) |
b8009dd1 | 2138 | { |
3b506386 KH |
2139 | int column = (i == mouse_face_beg_row ? mouse_face_beg_col : w->left); |
2140 | int endcolumn = (i == mouse_face_end_row ? mouse_face_end_col : w->left + width); | |
6f4c2453 | 2141 | endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]); |
514e4681 RS |
2142 | |
2143 | /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, | |
2144 | turn the cursor off. */ | |
2145 | if (i == curs_y | |
3b506386 | 2146 | && curs_x >= mouse_face_beg_col - 1 && curs_x <= mouse_face_end_col) |
514e4681 RS |
2147 | { |
2148 | x_display_cursor (f, 0); | |
2149 | cursor_off = 1; | |
2150 | } | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2151 | |
2152 | dumpglyphs (f, | |
2153 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column), | |
2154 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i), | |
2155 | FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column, | |
2156 | endcolumn - column, | |
2157 | /* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0. */ | |
0cdd0c9f | 2158 | hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0); |
b8009dd1 RS |
2159 | } |
2160 | ||
514e4681 RS |
2161 | /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */ |
2162 | if (cursor_off) | |
2163 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); | |
27ead1d5 | 2164 | |
fb3b7de5 RS |
2165 | curs_x = old_curs_x; |
2166 | curs_y = old_curs_y; | |
2167 | ||
27ead1d5 FP |
2168 | /* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL. */ |
2169 | if (hl > 0) | |
2170 | XDefineCursor (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->display.x->cross_cursor); | |
2171 | else | |
2172 | XDefineCursor (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->display.x->text_cursor); | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2173 | } |
2174 | ||
2175 | /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region. | |
2176 | Redraw it unhighlighted first. */ | |
2177 | ||
2178 | static void | |
2179 | clear_mouse_face () | |
2180 | { | |
2181 | if (! NILP (mouse_face_window)) | |
2182 | show_mouse_face (0); | |
2183 | ||
3b506386 KH |
2184 | mouse_face_beg_row = mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
2185 | mouse_face_end_row = mouse_face_end_col = -1; | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2186 | mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
2187 | } | |
2188 | \f | |
ab648270 JB |
2189 | static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar (); |
2190 | static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (); | |
12ba150f | 2191 | |
90e65f07 JB |
2192 | /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
2193 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2194 | If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *f, *bar_window, |
2195 | and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse | |
12ba150f | 2196 | is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's |
ab648270 | 2197 | position on the scroll bar. |
12ba150f JB |
2198 | |
2199 | If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *f to the frame the | |
2200 | mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell | |
2201 | the mouse is over. | |
2202 | ||
2203 | Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse | |
2204 | was at this position. | |
2205 | ||
a135645a RS |
2206 | Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. |
2207 | ||
90e65f07 | 2208 | This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse |
12ba150f JB |
2209 | movement. This also calls XQueryPointer, which will cause the |
2210 | server to give us another MotionNotify when the mouse moves | |
2211 | again. */ | |
90e65f07 JB |
2212 | |
2213 | static void | |
12ba150f | 2214 | XTmouse_position (f, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
472895ad | 2215 | FRAME_PTR *f; |
12ba150f | 2216 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
ab648270 | 2217 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
90e65f07 | 2218 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
e5d77022 | 2219 | unsigned long *time; |
90e65f07 | 2220 | { |
a135645a RS |
2221 | FRAME_PTR f1; |
2222 | ||
90e65f07 JB |
2223 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
2224 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2225 | if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar)) |
2226 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (f, bar_window, part, x, y, time); | |
90e65f07 JB |
2227 | else |
2228 | { | |
12ba150f JB |
2229 | Window root; |
2230 | int root_x, root_y; | |
90e65f07 | 2231 | |
12ba150f JB |
2232 | Window dummy_window; |
2233 | int dummy; | |
2234 | ||
2235 | mouse_moved = 0; | |
ab648270 | 2236 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
12ba150f JB |
2237 | |
2238 | /* Figure out which root window we're on. */ | |
2239 | XQueryPointer (x_current_display, | |
2240 | DefaultRootWindow (x_current_display), | |
2241 | ||
2242 | /* The root window which contains the pointer. */ | |
2243 | &root, | |
2244 | ||
2245 | /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on | |
2246 | a different screen. */ | |
2247 | &dummy_window, | |
2248 | ||
2249 | /* The position on that root window. */ | |
58769bee | 2250 | &root_x, &root_y, |
12ba150f JB |
2251 | |
2252 | /* More trash we can't trust. */ | |
2253 | &dummy, &dummy, | |
2254 | ||
2255 | /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which | |
2256 | we don't care. */ | |
2257 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); | |
2258 | ||
2259 | /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window | |
2260 | containing the pointer. */ | |
2261 | { | |
2262 | Window win, child; | |
2263 | int win_x, win_y; | |
2264 | int parent_x, parent_y; | |
2265 | ||
2266 | win = root; | |
69388238 | 2267 | |
23faf38f RS |
2268 | if (x_mouse_grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
2269 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) | |
12ba150f | 2270 | { |
69388238 RS |
2271 | /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame |
2272 | even if the mouse is now outside it. */ | |
12ba150f | 2273 | XTranslateCoordinates (x_current_display, |
69388238 | 2274 | |
12ba150f | 2275 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
69388238 | 2276 | root, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame), |
12ba150f JB |
2277 | |
2278 | /* From-position, to-position. */ | |
2279 | root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, | |
2280 | ||
2281 | /* Child of win. */ | |
2282 | &child); | |
69388238 RS |
2283 | f1 = last_mouse_frame; |
2284 | } | |
2285 | else | |
2286 | { | |
2287 | while (1) | |
2288 | { | |
2289 | XTranslateCoordinates (x_current_display, | |
12ba150f | 2290 | |
69388238 RS |
2291 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
2292 | root, win, | |
12ba150f | 2293 | |
69388238 RS |
2294 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
2295 | root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, | |
2296 | ||
2297 | /* Child of win. */ | |
2298 | &child); | |
2299 | ||
2300 | if (child == None) | |
2301 | break; | |
2302 | ||
2303 | win = child; | |
2304 | parent_x = win_x; | |
2305 | parent_y = win_y; | |
2306 | } | |
12ba150f | 2307 | |
69388238 RS |
2308 | /* Now we know that: |
2309 | win is the innermost window containing the pointer | |
2310 | (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer), | |
2311 | win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it | |
2312 | (XTC did this the last time through), and | |
2313 | parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent. | |
2314 | (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child. | |
2315 | If win is the root window, it has no parent, and | |
2316 | parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll | |
2317 | never use them in that case.) */ | |
2318 | ||
2319 | /* Is win one of our frames? */ | |
2b5c9e71 | 2320 | f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (win); |
69388238 | 2321 | } |
58769bee | 2322 | |
ab648270 | 2323 | /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */ |
a135645a | 2324 | if (! f1) |
12ba150f | 2325 | { |
ab648270 | 2326 | struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (win); |
12ba150f JB |
2327 | |
2328 | if (bar) | |
2329 | { | |
a135645a | 2330 | f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
12ba150f JB |
2331 | win_x = parent_x; |
2332 | win_y = parent_y; | |
2333 | } | |
2334 | } | |
90e65f07 | 2335 | |
a135645a | 2336 | if (f1) |
12ba150f | 2337 | { |
2b5c9e71 RS |
2338 | int ignore1, ignore2; |
2339 | ||
2340 | /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. */ | |
a135645a | 2341 | |
2b5c9e71 | 2342 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, win_x, win_y, &ignore1, &ignore2, |
69388238 | 2343 | &last_mouse_glyph, x_mouse_grabbed); |
12ba150f JB |
2344 | |
2345 | *bar_window = Qnil; | |
2346 | *part = 0; | |
a135645a | 2347 | *f = f1; |
e0c1aef2 KH |
2348 | XSETINT (*x, win_x); |
2349 | XSETINT (*y, win_y); | |
12ba150f JB |
2350 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
2351 | } | |
2352 | } | |
2353 | } | |
90e65f07 JB |
2354 | |
2355 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2356 | } | |
c118dd06 | 2357 | \f |
ab648270 | 2358 | /* Scroll bar support. */ |
f451eb13 | 2359 | |
ab648270 JB |
2360 | /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it. |
2361 | This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark | |
2362 | bits. */ | |
2363 | static struct scroll_bar * | |
2364 | x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id) | |
f451eb13 JB |
2365 | Window window_id; |
2366 | { | |
2367 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
f451eb13 | 2368 | |
ab648270 JB |
2369 | for (tail = Vframe_list; |
2370 | XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; | |
2371 | tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr) | |
f451eb13 | 2372 | { |
abdda982 | 2373 | Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned; |
f451eb13 | 2374 | |
abdda982 | 2375 | frame = XCONS (tail)->car; |
f451eb13 | 2376 | /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */ |
ab648270 | 2377 | if (XGCTYPE (frame) != Lisp_Frame) |
f451eb13 JB |
2378 | abort (); |
2379 | ||
ab648270 | 2380 | /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the |
f451eb13 | 2381 | right window ID. */ |
ab648270 JB |
2382 | condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
2383 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); | |
cf7cb199 | 2384 | /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and |
ab648270 JB |
2385 | condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */ |
2386 | ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned, | |
2387 | condemned = Qnil, | |
2388 | ! GC_NILP (bar)); | |
bc20ebbf | 2389 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
ab648270 JB |
2390 | if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id) |
2391 | return XSCROLL_BAR (bar); | |
f451eb13 JB |
2392 | } |
2393 | ||
2394 | return 0; | |
2395 | } | |
2396 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2397 | /* Open a new X window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the |
2398 | scroll bar vector for it. */ | |
2399 | static struct scroll_bar * | |
2400 | x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height) | |
12ba150f | 2401 | struct window *window; |
f451eb13 JB |
2402 | int top, left, width, height; |
2403 | { | |
12ba150f | 2404 | FRAME_PTR frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); |
ab648270 JB |
2405 | struct scroll_bar *bar = |
2406 | XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); | |
f451eb13 JB |
2407 | |
2408 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2409 | ||
2410 | { | |
2411 | XSetWindowAttributes a; | |
2412 | unsigned long mask; | |
12ba150f JB |
2413 | a.background_pixel = frame->display.x->background_pixel; |
2414 | a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | |
9a572e2a | 2415 | | ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask |
12ba150f | 2416 | | ExposureMask); |
ab648270 | 2417 | a.cursor = x_vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; |
f451eb13 | 2418 | |
dbc4e1c1 | 2419 | mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor); |
f451eb13 | 2420 | |
3afe33e7 RS |
2421 | #if 0 |
2422 | ||
2423 | ac = 0; | |
2424 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNx, left); ac++; | |
2425 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNy, top); ac++; | |
2426 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, width); ac++; | |
2427 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, height); ac++; | |
2428 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNborderWidth, 0); ac++; | |
2429 | sb_widget = XtCreateManagedWidget ("box", | |
7246d1d3 KH |
2430 | boxWidgetClass, |
2431 | frame->display.x->edit_widget, al, ac); | |
2432 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW | |
3afe33e7 | 2433 | (bar, sb_widget->core.window); |
58769bee | 2434 | #endif |
7246d1d3 | 2435 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW |
58769bee | 2436 | (bar, |
12ba150f | 2437 | XCreateWindow (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), |
f451eb13 | 2438 | |
ab648270 | 2439 | /* Position and size of scroll bar. */ |
12ba150f | 2440 | left, top, width, height, |
f451eb13 | 2441 | |
12ba150f JB |
2442 | /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */ |
2443 | 0, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, | |
f451eb13 | 2444 | |
12ba150f JB |
2445 | /* Attributes. */ |
2446 | mask, &a)); | |
f451eb13 JB |
2447 | } |
2448 | ||
e0c1aef2 KH |
2449 | XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window); |
2450 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); | |
2451 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); | |
2452 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); | |
2453 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); | |
2454 | XSETINT (bar->start, 0); | |
2455 | XSETINT (bar->end, 0); | |
12ba150f | 2456 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
f451eb13 JB |
2457 | |
2458 | /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ | |
ab648270 | 2459 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
12ba150f | 2460 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
e0c1aef2 | 2461 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame), bar); |
12ba150f | 2462 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
e0c1aef2 | 2463 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
f451eb13 | 2464 | |
ab648270 | 2465 | XMapWindow (x_current_display, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
f451eb13 JB |
2466 | |
2467 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
12ba150f JB |
2468 | |
2469 | return bar; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2470 | } |
2471 | ||
12ba150f JB |
2472 | /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position. |
2473 | If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother | |
2474 | redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always | |
2475 | redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose | |
58769bee | 2476 | events.) |
12ba150f JB |
2477 | |
2478 | Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to | |
ab648270 | 2479 | fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar |
12ba150f JB |
2480 | handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the |
2481 | bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to | |
2482 | move to the very end of the buffer. */ | |
f451eb13 | 2483 | static void |
ab648270 JB |
2484 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild) |
2485 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
f451eb13 | 2486 | int start, end; |
12ba150f | 2487 | int rebuild; |
f451eb13 | 2488 | { |
12ba150f | 2489 | int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging); |
ab648270 | 2490 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
12ba150f JB |
2491 | GC gc = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)))->display.x->normal_gc; |
2492 | ||
2493 | /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */ | |
2494 | if (! rebuild | |
2495 | && start == XINT (bar->start) | |
2496 | && end == XINT (bar->end)) | |
2497 | return; | |
2498 | ||
f451eb13 JB |
2499 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
2500 | ||
2501 | { | |
ab648270 JB |
2502 | int inside_width = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (XINT (bar->width)); |
2503 | int inside_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height)); | |
2504 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); | |
f451eb13 JB |
2505 | |
2506 | /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve | |
2507 | the distance between start and end. */ | |
12ba150f JB |
2508 | { |
2509 | int length = end - start; | |
2510 | ||
2511 | if (start < 0) | |
2512 | start = 0; | |
2513 | else if (start > top_range) | |
2514 | start = top_range; | |
2515 | end = start + length; | |
2516 | ||
2517 | if (end < start) | |
2518 | end = start; | |
2519 | else if (end > top_range && ! dragging) | |
2520 | end = top_range; | |
2521 | } | |
f451eb13 | 2522 | |
ab648270 | 2523 | /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */ |
e0c1aef2 KH |
2524 | XSETINT (bar->start, start); |
2525 | XSETINT (bar->end, end); | |
f451eb13 | 2526 | |
12ba150f JB |
2527 | /* Clip the end position, just for display. */ |
2528 | if (end > top_range) | |
2529 | end = top_range; | |
f451eb13 | 2530 | |
ab648270 | 2531 | /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels |
12ba150f JB |
2532 | below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least |
2533 | that many pixels tall. */ | |
ab648270 | 2534 | end += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
f451eb13 | 2535 | |
12ba150f JB |
2536 | /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear |
2537 | zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ | |
2538 | if (0 < start) | |
2539 | XClearArea (x_current_display, w, | |
f451eb13 | 2540 | |
12ba150f | 2541 | /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ |
ab648270 JB |
2542 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
2543 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER, | |
12ba150f JB |
2544 | inside_width, start, |
2545 | False); | |
f451eb13 | 2546 | |
12ba150f JB |
2547 | /* Draw the handle itself. */ |
2548 | XFillRectangle (x_current_display, w, gc, | |
f451eb13 | 2549 | |
12ba150f | 2550 | /* x, y, width, height */ |
ab648270 JB |
2551 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
2552 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start, | |
12ba150f | 2553 | inside_width, end - start); |
f451eb13 | 2554 | |
f451eb13 | 2555 | |
12ba150f JB |
2556 | /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't |
2557 | clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ | |
2558 | if (end < inside_height) | |
2559 | XClearArea (x_current_display, w, | |
f451eb13 | 2560 | |
12ba150f | 2561 | /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ |
ab648270 JB |
2562 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
2563 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + end, | |
12ba150f JB |
2564 | inside_width, inside_height - end, |
2565 | False); | |
f451eb13 | 2566 | |
f451eb13 JB |
2567 | } |
2568 | ||
f451eb13 JB |
2569 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
2570 | } | |
2571 | ||
eb8c3be9 | 2572 | /* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing |
12ba150f | 2573 | window configurations. */ |
f451eb13 | 2574 | static void |
ab648270 JB |
2575 | x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height) |
2576 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2577 | int top, left, width, height; |
2578 | { | |
2579 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2580 | ||
2581 | { | |
2582 | XWindowChanges wc; | |
2583 | unsigned int mask = 0; | |
2584 | ||
2585 | wc.x = left; | |
2586 | wc.y = top; | |
2587 | wc.width = width; | |
2588 | wc.height = height; | |
2589 | ||
12ba150f JB |
2590 | if (left != XINT (bar->left)) mask |= CWX; |
2591 | if (top != XINT (bar->top)) mask |= CWY; | |
2592 | if (width != XINT (bar->width)) mask |= CWWidth; | |
2593 | if (height != XINT (bar->height)) mask |= CWHeight; | |
58769bee | 2594 | |
12ba150f | 2595 | if (mask) |
ab648270 | 2596 | XConfigureWindow (x_current_display, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar), |
12ba150f | 2597 | mask, &wc); |
f451eb13 JB |
2598 | } |
2599 | ||
e0c1aef2 KH |
2600 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); |
2601 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); | |
2602 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); | |
2603 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); | |
12ba150f | 2604 | |
f451eb13 JB |
2605 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
2606 | } | |
2607 | ||
ab648270 | 2608 | /* Destroy the X window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar |
12ba150f JB |
2609 | to nil. */ |
2610 | static void | |
ab648270 JB |
2611 | x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) |
2612 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
12ba150f JB |
2613 | { |
2614 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
2615 | ||
2616 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2617 | ||
2618 | /* Destroy the window. */ | |
ab648270 | 2619 | XDestroyWindow (x_current_display, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
12ba150f | 2620 | |
ab648270 JB |
2621 | /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ |
2622 | XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
12ba150f JB |
2623 | |
2624 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2625 | } | |
2626 | ||
2627 | /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate | |
2628 | that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE | |
ab648270 | 2629 | characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, |
12ba150f JB |
2630 | create one. */ |
2631 | static void | |
ab648270 | 2632 | XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position) |
f451eb13 JB |
2633 | struct window *window; |
2634 | int portion, whole, position; | |
2635 | { | |
2636 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); | |
f451eb13 | 2637 | int top = XINT (window->top); |
ab648270 JB |
2638 | int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window); |
2639 | int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window); | |
f451eb13 | 2640 | |
ab648270 | 2641 | /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise? */ |
12ba150f JB |
2642 | int pixel_top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top); |
2643 | int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left); | |
b2cad826 KH |
2644 | int pixel_width |
2645 | = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0 | |
2646 | ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) | |
2647 | : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font))); | |
ab648270 | 2648 | int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height); |
f451eb13 | 2649 | |
ab648270 | 2650 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
12ba150f | 2651 | |
ab648270 JB |
2652 | /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ |
2653 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) | |
2654 | bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window, | |
f451eb13 JB |
2655 | pixel_top, pixel_left, |
2656 | pixel_width, pixel_height); | |
2657 | else | |
12ba150f JB |
2658 | { |
2659 | /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ | |
ab648270 JB |
2660 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
2661 | x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height); | |
12ba150f | 2662 | } |
f451eb13 | 2663 | |
ab648270 | 2664 | /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being |
f451eb13 | 2665 | dragged. */ |
12ba150f | 2666 | if (NILP (bar->dragging)) |
f451eb13 | 2667 | { |
12ba150f | 2668 | int top_range = |
ab648270 | 2669 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (pixel_height); |
f451eb13 | 2670 | |
12ba150f | 2671 | if (whole == 0) |
ab648270 | 2672 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0); |
12ba150f JB |
2673 | else |
2674 | { | |
43f868f5 JB |
2675 | int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole; |
2676 | int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole; | |
12ba150f | 2677 | |
ab648270 | 2678 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0); |
12ba150f | 2679 | } |
f451eb13 JB |
2680 | } |
2681 | ||
e0c1aef2 | 2682 | XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); |
f451eb13 JB |
2683 | } |
2684 | ||
12ba150f | 2685 | |
f451eb13 | 2686 | /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
ab648270 | 2687 | redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
f451eb13 | 2688 | are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
12ba150f JB |
2689 | away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys |
2690 | and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay | |
ab648270 | 2691 | that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar |
12ba150f | 2692 | from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ |
f451eb13 | 2693 | |
ab648270 JB |
2694 | /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
2695 | to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if | |
2696 | `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement. */ | |
58769bee | 2697 | static void |
ab648270 | 2698 | XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame) |
f451eb13 JB |
2699 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
2700 | { | |
12ba150f JB |
2701 | /* The condemned list should be empty at this point; if it's not, |
2702 | then the rest of Emacs isn't using the condemn/redeem/judge | |
2703 | protocol correctly. */ | |
ab648270 | 2704 | if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
12ba150f JB |
2705 | abort (); |
2706 | ||
2707 | /* Move them all to the "condemned" list. */ | |
ab648270 JB |
2708 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
2709 | FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = Qnil; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2710 | } |
2711 | ||
ab648270 | 2712 | /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle. |
12ba150f | 2713 | Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ |
f451eb13 | 2714 | static void |
ab648270 | 2715 | XTredeem_scroll_bar (window) |
12ba150f | 2716 | struct window *window; |
f451eb13 | 2717 | { |
ab648270 | 2718 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
12ba150f | 2719 | |
ab648270 JB |
2720 | /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ |
2721 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) | |
12ba150f JB |
2722 | abort (); |
2723 | ||
ab648270 | 2724 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
12ba150f JB |
2725 | |
2726 | /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ | |
2727 | { | |
2728 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); | |
2729 | ||
2730 | if (NILP (bar->prev)) | |
2731 | { | |
2732 | /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of | |
2733 | the lists. */ | |
ab648270 | 2734 | if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
12ba150f JB |
2735 | /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ |
2736 | return; | |
ab648270 JB |
2737 | else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), |
2738 | window->vertical_scroll_bar)) | |
2739 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next; | |
12ba150f JB |
2740 | else |
2741 | /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of | |
2742 | one or the other! */ | |
2743 | abort (); | |
2744 | } | |
2745 | else | |
ab648270 | 2746 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; |
12ba150f JB |
2747 | |
2748 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) | |
ab648270 | 2749 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; |
12ba150f | 2750 | |
ab648270 | 2751 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
12ba150f | 2752 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
e0c1aef2 | 2753 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
12ba150f | 2754 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
e0c1aef2 | 2755 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
12ba150f | 2756 | } |
f451eb13 JB |
2757 | } |
2758 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2759 | /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
2760 | last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ | |
f451eb13 | 2761 | static void |
ab648270 | 2762 | XTjudge_scroll_bars (f) |
12ba150f | 2763 | FRAME_PTR f; |
f451eb13 | 2764 | { |
12ba150f | 2765 | Lisp_Object bar, next; |
f451eb13 | 2766 | |
ab648270 | 2767 | bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
cf7cb199 JB |
2768 | |
2769 | /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any | |
ab648270 JB |
2770 | more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ |
2771 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil; | |
cf7cb199 JB |
2772 | |
2773 | for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next) | |
f451eb13 | 2774 | { |
ab648270 | 2775 | struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
12ba150f | 2776 | |
ab648270 | 2777 | x_scroll_bar_remove (b); |
12ba150f JB |
2778 | |
2779 | next = b->next; | |
2780 | b->next = b->prev = Qnil; | |
f451eb13 | 2781 | } |
12ba150f | 2782 | |
ab648270 | 2783 | /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, |
12ba150f | 2784 | and they should get garbage-collected. */ |
f451eb13 JB |
2785 | } |
2786 | ||
2787 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2788 | /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. |
2789 | ||
2790 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC | |
2791 | mark bits. */ | |
f451eb13 | 2792 | static void |
ab648270 JB |
2793 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event) |
2794 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2795 | XEvent *event; |
2796 | { | |
ab648270 | 2797 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
12ba150f JB |
2798 | GC gc = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)))->display.x->normal_gc; |
2799 | ||
f451eb13 JB |
2800 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
2801 | ||
ab648270 | 2802 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1); |
f451eb13 | 2803 | |
ab648270 | 2804 | /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */ |
12ba150f | 2805 | XDrawRectangle (x_current_display, w, gc, |
f451eb13 JB |
2806 | |
2807 | /* x, y, width, height */ | |
12ba150f | 2808 | 0, 0, XINT (bar->width) - 1, XINT (bar->height) - 1); |
f451eb13 | 2809 | |
f451eb13 JB |
2810 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
2811 | } | |
2812 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2813 | /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind |
2814 | is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued. | |
2815 | ||
2816 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC | |
2817 | mark bits. */ | |
f451eb13 | 2818 | static void |
ab648270 JB |
2819 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event) |
2820 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2821 | XEvent *event; |
2822 | struct input_event *emacs_event; | |
2823 | { | |
ab648270 | 2824 | if (XGCTYPE (bar->window) != Lisp_Window) |
12ba150f JB |
2825 | abort (); |
2826 | ||
ab648270 | 2827 | emacs_event->kind = scroll_bar_click; |
69388238 | 2828 | emacs_event->code = event->xbutton.button - Button1; |
f451eb13 | 2829 | emacs_event->modifiers = |
dfeccd2d | 2830 | (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (event->xbutton.state) |
f451eb13 JB |
2831 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease |
2832 | ? up_modifier | |
2833 | : down_modifier)); | |
12ba150f | 2834 | emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window; |
f451eb13 | 2835 | emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time; |
12ba150f JB |
2836 | { |
2837 | int internal_height = | |
ab648270 | 2838 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height)); |
12ba150f | 2839 | int top_range = |
ab648270 JB |
2840 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); |
2841 | int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; | |
12ba150f JB |
2842 | |
2843 | if (y < 0) y = 0; | |
2844 | if (y > top_range) y = top_range; | |
2845 | ||
2846 | if (y < XINT (bar->start)) | |
ab648270 JB |
2847 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
2848 | else if (y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) | |
2849 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; | |
12ba150f | 2850 | else |
ab648270 | 2851 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
929787e1 JB |
2852 | |
2853 | /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean | |
5116f055 JB |
2854 | they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide |
2855 | whether or not we're dragging. */ | |
929787e1 | 2856 | #if 0 |
12ba150f JB |
2857 | /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're |
2858 | holding it. */ | |
2859 | if (event->type == ButtonPress | |
ab648270 | 2860 | && emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) |
e0c1aef2 | 2861 | XSETINT (bar->dragging, y - XINT (bar->start)); |
929787e1 | 2862 | #endif |
12ba150f JB |
2863 | |
2864 | /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */ | |
2865 | if (event->type == ButtonRelease | |
2866 | && ! NILP (bar->dragging)) | |
2867 | { | |
2868 | int new_start = y - XINT (bar->dragging); | |
2869 | int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); | |
f451eb13 | 2870 | |
ab648270 | 2871 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); |
12ba150f JB |
2872 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
2873 | } | |
f451eb13 | 2874 | |
5116f055 JB |
2875 | /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */ |
2876 | #if 0 | |
58769bee | 2877 | /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of |
12ba150f | 2878 | the handle. */ |
ab648270 | 2879 | if (emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) |
12ba150f JB |
2880 | emacs_event->x = bar->start; |
2881 | else | |
e0c1aef2 | 2882 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
5116f055 | 2883 | #else |
e0c1aef2 | 2884 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
5116f055 | 2885 | #endif |
f451eb13 | 2886 | |
e0c1aef2 | 2887 | XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range); |
12ba150f JB |
2888 | } |
2889 | } | |
f451eb13 | 2890 | |
ab648270 JB |
2891 | /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar. |
2892 | ||
2893 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC | |
2894 | mark bits. */ | |
f451eb13 | 2895 | static void |
ab648270 JB |
2896 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event) |
2897 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2898 | XEvent *event; |
2899 | { | |
2900 | last_mouse_movement_time = event->xmotion.time; | |
2901 | ||
2902 | mouse_moved = 1; | |
e0c1aef2 | 2903 | XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar); |
f451eb13 JB |
2904 | |
2905 | /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */ | |
ab648270 | 2906 | if (! GC_NILP (bar->dragging)) |
f451eb13 JB |
2907 | { |
2908 | /* Where should the handle be now? */ | |
12ba150f | 2909 | int new_start = event->xmotion.y - XINT (bar->dragging); |
f451eb13 | 2910 | |
12ba150f | 2911 | if (new_start != XINT (bar->start)) |
f451eb13 | 2912 | { |
12ba150f | 2913 | int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); |
58769bee | 2914 | |
ab648270 | 2915 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); |
f451eb13 JB |
2916 | } |
2917 | } | |
2918 | ||
2919 | /* Call XQueryPointer so we'll get an event the next time the mouse | |
2920 | moves and we can see *still* on the same position. */ | |
2921 | { | |
2922 | int dummy; | |
847e150a | 2923 | Window dummy_window; |
58769bee | 2924 | |
f451eb13 | 2925 | XQueryPointer (event->xmotion.display, event->xmotion.window, |
847e150a | 2926 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, |
f451eb13 JB |
2927 | &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, |
2928 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); | |
2929 | } | |
2930 | } | |
2931 | ||
12ba150f | 2932 | /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse |
ab648270 | 2933 | on the scroll bar. */ |
12ba150f | 2934 | static void |
ab648270 | 2935 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (f, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
12ba150f JB |
2936 | FRAME_PTR *f; |
2937 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; | |
ab648270 | 2938 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
12ba150f JB |
2939 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
2940 | unsigned long *time; | |
2941 | { | |
ab648270 | 2942 | struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
12ba150f | 2943 | int win_x, win_y; |
559cb2fb JB |
2944 | Window dummy_window; |
2945 | int dummy_coord; | |
2946 | unsigned int dummy_mask; | |
12ba150f | 2947 | |
cf7cb199 JB |
2948 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
2949 | ||
ab648270 | 2950 | /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and |
12ba150f | 2951 | report that. */ |
559cb2fb JB |
2952 | if (! XQueryPointer (x_current_display, |
2953 | SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar), | |
12ba150f | 2954 | |
559cb2fb JB |
2955 | /* Root, child, root x and root y. */ |
2956 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, | |
2957 | &dummy_coord, &dummy_coord, | |
12ba150f | 2958 | |
559cb2fb JB |
2959 | /* Position relative to scroll bar. */ |
2960 | &win_x, &win_y, | |
12ba150f | 2961 | |
559cb2fb JB |
2962 | /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */ |
2963 | &dummy_mask)) | |
2964 | *f = 0; | |
2965 | else | |
2966 | { | |
2967 | int inside_height | |
2968 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height)); | |
2969 | int top_range | |
2970 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); | |
2971 | ||
2972 | win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; | |
2973 | ||
2974 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) | |
2975 | win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging); | |
2976 | ||
2977 | if (win_y < 0) | |
2978 | win_y = 0; | |
2979 | if (win_y > top_range) | |
2980 | win_y = top_range; | |
2981 | ||
2982 | *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
2983 | *bar_window = bar->window; | |
2984 | ||
2985 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) | |
2986 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; | |
2987 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->start)) | |
2988 | *part = scroll_bar_above_handle; | |
2989 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) | |
2990 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; | |
2991 | else | |
2992 | *part = scroll_bar_below_handle; | |
12ba150f | 2993 | |
e0c1aef2 KH |
2994 | XSETINT (*x, win_y); |
2995 | XSETINT (*y, top_range); | |
12ba150f | 2996 | |
559cb2fb JB |
2997 | mouse_moved = 0; |
2998 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
2999 | } | |
12ba150f | 3000 | |
559cb2fb | 3001 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
cf7cb199 | 3002 | |
cf7cb199 | 3003 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
12ba150f JB |
3004 | } |
3005 | ||
f451eb13 | 3006 | |
dbc4e1c1 | 3007 | /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or |
ab648270 JB |
3008 | background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn. |
3009 | Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
3010 | redraw them. */ |
3011 | ||
ab648270 | 3012 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f) |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
3013 | FRAME_PTR f; |
3014 | { | |
3015 | Lisp_Object bar; | |
3016 | ||
9bc4522e | 3017 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar); |
ab648270 JB |
3018 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
3019 | XClearArea (x_current_display, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)), | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
3020 | 0, 0, 0, 0, True); |
3021 | } | |
3022 | ||
3afe33e7 RS |
3023 | /* This processes Expose events from the menubar specific X event |
3024 | loop in menubar.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary | |
3025 | when handling menubar or popup items. */ | |
3026 | ||
3027 | void | |
3028 | process_expose_from_menu (event) | |
3029 | XEvent event; | |
3030 | { | |
3031 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
3032 | ||
f94397b5 KH |
3033 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
3034 | ||
3afe33e7 RS |
3035 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xexpose.window); |
3036 | if (f) | |
3037 | { | |
3038 | if (f->async_visible == 0) | |
3039 | { | |
3040 | f->async_visible = 1; | |
3041 | f->async_iconified = 0; | |
3042 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
3043 | } | |
3044 | else | |
3045 | { | |
3046 | dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (event.xexpose.window), | |
3047 | event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, | |
3048 | event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); | |
3049 | } | |
3050 | } | |
3051 | else | |
3052 | { | |
3053 | struct scroll_bar *bar | |
3054 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); | |
58769bee | 3055 | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3056 | if (bar) |
3057 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event); | |
3058 | } | |
f94397b5 KH |
3059 | |
3060 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3afe33e7 | 3061 | } |
09756a85 RS |
3062 | \f |
3063 | /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */ | |
3064 | ||
3065 | struct selection_event_queue | |
3066 | { | |
3067 | XEvent event; | |
3068 | struct selection_event_queue *next; | |
3069 | }; | |
3070 | ||
3071 | static struct selection_event_queue *queue; | |
3072 | ||
3073 | /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */ | |
3074 | static int x_queue_selection_requests; | |
3075 | ||
3076 | /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */ | |
dbc4e1c1 | 3077 | |
09756a85 RS |
3078 | static void |
3079 | x_queue_event (event) | |
3080 | XEvent *event; | |
3081 | { | |
3082 | struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp | |
3083 | = (struct selection_event_queue *) malloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue)); | |
3084 | ||
58769bee | 3085 | if (queue_tmp != NULL) |
09756a85 RS |
3086 | { |
3087 | queue_tmp->event = *event; | |
3088 | queue_tmp->next = queue; | |
3089 | queue = queue_tmp; | |
3090 | } | |
3091 | } | |
3092 | ||
3093 | /* Take all the queued events and put them back | |
3094 | so that they get processed afresh. */ | |
3095 | ||
3096 | static void | |
3097 | x_unqueue_events () | |
3098 | { | |
58769bee | 3099 | while (queue != NULL) |
09756a85 RS |
3100 | { |
3101 | struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = queue; | |
3102 | XPutBackEvent (XDISPLAY &queue_tmp->event); | |
3103 | queue = queue_tmp->next; | |
3104 | free ((char *)queue_tmp); | |
3105 | } | |
3106 | } | |
3107 | ||
3108 | /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */ | |
3109 | ||
3110 | void | |
3111 | x_start_queuing_selection_requests () | |
3112 | { | |
3113 | x_queue_selection_requests++; | |
3114 | } | |
3115 | ||
3116 | /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */ | |
3117 | ||
3118 | void | |
3119 | x_stop_queuing_selection_requests () | |
3120 | { | |
3121 | x_queue_selection_requests--; | |
3122 | x_unqueue_events (); | |
3123 | } | |
f451eb13 JB |
3124 | \f |
3125 | /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 3126 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3127 | /* Timestamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket, |
3128 | but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions | |
3129 | sometimes don't work. */ | |
3130 | static Time enter_timestamp; | |
3131 | ||
11edeb03 | 3132 | /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys |
58769bee | 3133 | and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_ |
11edeb03 JB |
3134 | says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures |
3135 | me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. | |
3136 | ||
3137 | This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons | |
3138 | given for enter_timestamp, above. */ | |
3139 | static XComposeStatus compose_status; | |
3140 | ||
c047688c JA |
3141 | /* Communication with window managers. */ |
3142 | Atom Xatom_wm_protocols; | |
3143 | ||
3144 | /* Kinds of protocol things we may receive. */ | |
3145 | Atom Xatom_wm_take_focus; | |
3146 | Atom Xatom_wm_save_yourself; | |
3147 | Atom Xatom_wm_delete_window; | |
3148 | ||
3149 | /* Other WM communication */ | |
3150 | Atom Xatom_wm_configure_denied; /* When our config request is denied */ | |
3151 | Atom Xatom_wm_window_moved; /* When the WM moves us. */ | |
3152 | ||
d56a553a RS |
3153 | /* Window manager communication. */ |
3154 | Atom Xatom_wm_change_state; | |
3155 | ||
c2df547c RS |
3156 | /* EditRes protocol */ |
3157 | Atom Xatom_editres_name; | |
3158 | ||
10e6549c RS |
3159 | /* Record the last 100 characters stored |
3160 | to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */ | |
3161 | int temp_index; | |
3162 | short temp_buffer[100]; | |
3163 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
3164 | /* Read events coming from the X server. |
3165 | This routine is called by the SIGIO handler. | |
3166 | We return as soon as there are no more events to be read. | |
3167 | ||
3168 | Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP, | |
3169 | which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters. | |
3170 | We return the number of characters stored into the buffer, | |
3171 | thus pretending to be `read'. | |
3172 | ||
3173 | WAITP is nonzero if we should block until input arrives. | |
3174 | EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */ | |
3175 | ||
7c5283e4 | 3176 | int |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3177 | XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, waitp, expected) |
3178 | register int sd; | |
3179 | register struct input_event *bufp; | |
3180 | register int numchars; | |
3181 | int waitp; | |
3182 | int expected; | |
3183 | { | |
3184 | int count = 0; | |
3185 | int nbytes = 0; | |
3186 | int mask; | |
3187 | int items_pending; /* How many items are in the X queue. */ | |
3188 | XEvent event; | |
f676886a | 3189 | struct frame *f; |
66f55a9d | 3190 | int event_found = 0; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3191 | int prefix; |
3192 | Lisp_Object part; | |
3193 | ||
9ac0d9e0 | 3194 | if (interrupt_input_blocked) |
dc6f92b8 | 3195 | { |
9ac0d9e0 | 3196 | interrupt_input_pending = 1; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3197 | return -1; |
3198 | } | |
3199 | ||
9ac0d9e0 | 3200 | interrupt_input_pending = 0; |
dc6f92b8 | 3201 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
c0a04927 RS |
3202 | |
3203 | /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */ | |
3204 | input_signal_count++; | |
3205 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
3206 | if (numchars <= 0) |
3207 | abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */ | |
3208 | ||
3209 | #ifdef FIOSNBIO | |
3210 | /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket | |
3211 | non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set, | |
3212 | FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signalling EWOULDBLOCK, | |
3213 | a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */ | |
3214 | fcntl (fileno (stdin), F_SETFL, 0); | |
c118dd06 | 3215 | #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3216 | |
3217 | #ifndef SIGIO | |
3218 | #ifndef HAVE_SELECT | |
3219 | if (! (fcntl (fileno (stdin), F_GETFL, 0) & O_NDELAY)) | |
3220 | { | |
3221 | extern int read_alarm_should_throw; | |
3222 | read_alarm_should_throw = 1; | |
3223 | XPeekEvent (XDISPLAY &event); | |
3224 | read_alarm_should_throw = 0; | |
3225 | } | |
c118dd06 JB |
3226 | #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ |
3227 | #endif /* SIGIO */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3228 | |
3229 | while (XStuffPending () != 0) | |
3230 | { | |
3231 | XNextEvent (XDISPLAY &event); | |
3232 | event_found = 1; | |
3233 | ||
3234 | switch (event.type) | |
3235 | { | |
c047688c JA |
3236 | case ClientMessage: |
3237 | { | |
3238 | if (event.xclient.message_type == Xatom_wm_protocols | |
3239 | && event.xclient.format == 32) | |
3240 | { | |
3241 | if (event.xclient.data.l[0] == Xatom_wm_take_focus) | |
3242 | { | |
3afe33e7 | 3243 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xclient.window); |
0a178815 RS |
3244 | /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call |
3245 | XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null, | |
3246 | since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */ | |
f676886a | 3247 | if (f) |
5627c40e RS |
3248 | XSetInputFocus (event.xclient.display, |
3249 | event.xclient.window, | |
3250 | RevertToPointerRoot, | |
3251 | event.xclient.data.l[1]); | |
ab648270 | 3252 | /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */ |
c047688c JA |
3253 | } |
3254 | else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] == Xatom_wm_save_yourself) | |
3255 | { | |
3256 | /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to | |
3257 | something which can reinstate us. This notifies | |
3258 | the session manager, who's looking for such a | |
3259 | PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when | |
3260 | a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */ | |
3261 | if (numchars > 0) | |
3262 | { | |
0ab983c8 RS |
3263 | /* This is just so we only give real data once |
3264 | for a single Emacs process. */ | |
4846819e RS |
3265 | if (x_top_window_to_frame (event.xclient.window) |
3266 | == selected_frame) | |
0ab983c8 RS |
3267 | XSetCommand (x_current_display, |
3268 | event.xclient.window, | |
3269 | initial_argv, initial_argc); | |
3270 | else | |
3271 | XSetCommand (x_current_display, | |
3272 | event.xclient.window, | |
3273 | 0, 0); | |
c047688c JA |
3274 | } |
3275 | } | |
3276 | else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] == Xatom_wm_delete_window) | |
3277 | { | |
82aebaf4 | 3278 | struct frame *f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xclient.window); |
c047688c | 3279 | |
f676886a | 3280 | if (f) |
1fb20991 RS |
3281 | { |
3282 | if (numchars == 0) | |
3283 | abort (); | |
3284 | ||
3285 | bufp->kind = delete_window_event; | |
e0c1aef2 | 3286 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
1fb20991 RS |
3287 | bufp++; |
3288 | ||
3289 | count += 1; | |
3290 | numchars -= 1; | |
3291 | } | |
c047688c JA |
3292 | } |
3293 | } | |
3294 | else if (event.xclient.message_type == Xatom_wm_configure_denied) | |
3295 | { | |
3296 | } | |
3297 | else if (event.xclient.message_type == Xatom_wm_window_moved) | |
3298 | { | |
3299 | int new_x, new_y; | |
1fb20991 | 3300 | struct frame *f = x_window_to_frame (event.xclient.window); |
58769bee | 3301 | |
4357eba7 JB |
3302 | new_x = event.xclient.data.s[0]; |
3303 | new_y = event.xclient.data.s[1]; | |
1fb20991 RS |
3304 | |
3305 | if (f) | |
3306 | { | |
3307 | f->display.x->left_pos = new_x; | |
3308 | f->display.x->top_pos = new_y; | |
3309 | } | |
c047688c | 3310 | } |
5627c40e | 3311 | #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && defined (HAVE_X11R5) |
c2df547c RS |
3312 | else if (event.xclient.message_type == Xatom_editres_name) |
3313 | { | |
3314 | struct frame *f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xclient.window); | |
3315 | _XEditResCheckMessages (f->display.x->widget, NULL, &event, NULL); | |
3316 | } | |
5627c40e | 3317 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT and HAVE_X11R5 */ |
c047688c JA |
3318 | } |
3319 | break; | |
dc6f92b8 | 3320 | |
d56a553a | 3321 | case SelectionNotify: |
3afe33e7 | 3322 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
b2bd9b6a | 3323 | if (! x_window_to_frame (event.xselection.requestor)) |
3afe33e7 | 3324 | goto OTHER; |
3afe33e7 | 3325 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
b2bd9b6a | 3326 | x_handle_selection_notify (&event); |
d56a553a | 3327 | break; |
d56a553a | 3328 | |
dc6f92b8 | 3329 | case SelectionClear: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */ |
3afe33e7 | 3330 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
b2bd9b6a RS |
3331 | if (! x_window_to_frame (event.xselectionclear.window)) |
3332 | goto OTHER; | |
3afe33e7 | 3333 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
b2bd9b6a | 3334 | { |
d56a553a RS |
3335 | XSelectionClearEvent *eventp = (XSelectionClearEvent *) &event; |
3336 | ||
3337 | if (numchars == 0) | |
3338 | abort (); | |
3339 | ||
3340 | bufp->kind = selection_clear_event; | |
3341 | SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; | |
3342 | SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; | |
3343 | SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; | |
3344 | bufp++; | |
3345 | ||
3346 | count += 1; | |
3347 | numchars -= 1; | |
3afe33e7 | 3348 | } |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3349 | break; |
3350 | ||
3351 | case SelectionRequest: /* Someone wants our selection. */ | |
3afe33e7 | 3352 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
b2bd9b6a RS |
3353 | if (!x_window_to_frame (event.xselectionrequest.owner)) |
3354 | goto OTHER; | |
3afe33e7 | 3355 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
09756a85 RS |
3356 | if (x_queue_selection_requests) |
3357 | x_queue_event (&event); | |
3358 | else | |
3359 | { | |
3360 | XSelectionRequestEvent *eventp = (XSelectionRequestEvent *) &event; | |
3361 | ||
3362 | if (numchars == 0) | |
3363 | abort (); | |
3364 | ||
3365 | bufp->kind = selection_request_event; | |
3366 | SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; | |
3367 | SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp) = eventp->requestor; | |
3368 | SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; | |
3369 | SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp) = eventp->target; | |
3370 | SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp) = eventp->property; | |
3371 | SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; | |
3372 | bufp++; | |
3373 | ||
3374 | count += 1; | |
3375 | numchars -= 1; | |
3376 | } | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3377 | break; |
3378 | ||
3379 | case PropertyNotify: | |
3afe33e7 | 3380 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
b2bd9b6a | 3381 | if (!x_any_window_to_frame (event.xproperty.window)) |
3afe33e7 | 3382 | goto OTHER; |
3afe33e7 | 3383 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
b2bd9b6a | 3384 | x_handle_property_notify (&event); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3385 | break; |
3386 | ||
3bd330d4 | 3387 | case ReparentNotify: |
3a35ab44 | 3388 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (event.xreparent.window); |
3bd330d4 | 3389 | if (f) |
3a35ab44 RS |
3390 | { |
3391 | int x, y; | |
3392 | f->display.x->parent_desc = event.xreparent.parent; | |
3393 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); | |
3394 | f->display.x->left_pos = x; | |
3395 | f->display.x->top_pos = y; | |
3396 | } | |
3bd330d4 RS |
3397 | break; |
3398 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 3399 | case Expose: |
f676886a JB |
3400 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xexpose.window); |
3401 | if (f) | |
dc6f92b8 | 3402 | { |
3a88c238 | 3403 | if (f->async_visible == 0) |
dc6f92b8 | 3404 | { |
3a88c238 JB |
3405 | f->async_visible = 1; |
3406 | f->async_iconified = 0; | |
f676886a | 3407 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3408 | } |
3409 | else | |
b2bd9b6a RS |
3410 | dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (event.xexpose.window), |
3411 | event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, | |
3412 | event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); | |
f451eb13 JB |
3413 | } |
3414 | else | |
3415 | { | |
ab648270 JB |
3416 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
3417 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); | |
58769bee | 3418 | |
f451eb13 | 3419 | if (bar) |
3afe33e7 RS |
3420 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event); |
3421 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
3422 | else | |
3423 | goto OTHER; | |
3424 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3425 | } |
3426 | break; | |
3427 | ||
3428 | case GraphicsExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's | |
3429 | source area was obscured or not | |
3430 | available.*/ | |
f451eb13 JB |
3431 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable); |
3432 | if (f) | |
3433 | { | |
3434 | dumprectangle (f, | |
3435 | event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y, | |
3436 | event.xgraphicsexpose.width, | |
3437 | event.xgraphicsexpose.height); | |
f451eb13 | 3438 | } |
3afe33e7 RS |
3439 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3440 | else | |
3441 | goto OTHER; | |
3442 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3443 | break; |
3444 | ||
3445 | case NoExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's | |
3446 | source area was completely | |
3447 | available */ | |
3448 | break; | |
dc6f92b8 | 3449 | |
dc6f92b8 | 3450 | case UnmapNotify: |
dc05a16b | 3451 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xunmap.window); |
f451eb13 | 3452 | if (f) /* F may no longer exist if |
f676886a | 3453 | the frame was deleted. */ |
f451eb13 JB |
3454 | { |
3455 | /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is | |
3456 | disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a | |
3457 | display that won't ever be seen. */ | |
3458 | f->async_visible = 0; | |
5627c40e RS |
3459 | /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window |
3460 | has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it | |
3461 | was previously visible, than now it is iconified. | |
3462 | We depend on x_make_frame_invisible to mark it iconified. */ | |
9319ae23 RS |
3463 | if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) |
3464 | f->async_iconified = 1; | |
f451eb13 | 3465 | } |
3afe33e7 RS |
3466 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3467 | goto OTHER; | |
3468 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3469 | break; |
3470 | ||
3471 | case MapNotify: | |
b2bd9b6a RS |
3472 | /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can come |
3473 | for subwindows and they don't mean that the frame is visible. */ | |
5627c40e | 3474 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (event.xmap.window); |
f676886a | 3475 | if (f) |
dc6f92b8 | 3476 | { |
3a88c238 JB |
3477 | f->async_visible = 1; |
3478 | f->async_iconified = 0; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3479 | |
3480 | /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update | |
f676886a JB |
3481 | the frame's display structures. */ |
3482 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
dc6f92b8 | 3483 | } |
3afe33e7 RS |
3484 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3485 | goto OTHER; | |
3486 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
b2bd9b6a | 3487 | break; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3488 | |
3489 | /* Turn off processing if we become fully obscured. */ | |
3490 | case VisibilityNotify: | |
3491 | break; | |
3492 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 3493 | case KeyPress: |
1dea5a83 | 3494 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xkey.window); |
f451eb13 | 3495 | |
f676886a | 3496 | if (f != 0) |
dc6f92b8 | 3497 | { |
2d368234 | 3498 | KeySym keysym, orig_keysym; |
bf6d8fb9 RS |
3499 | /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81 instead of |
3500 | 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made his Emacs hang. */ | |
3501 | unsigned char copy_buffer[81]; | |
64bb1782 RS |
3502 | int modifiers; |
3503 | ||
dfeccd2d JB |
3504 | event.xkey.state |
3505 | |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (extra_keyboard_modifiers); | |
64bb1782 | 3506 | modifiers = event.xkey.state; |
3a2712f9 | 3507 | |
11edeb03 | 3508 | /* This will have to go some day... */ |
752a043f JB |
3509 | |
3510 | /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars. | |
3511 | Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */ | |
3512 | event.xkey.state &= ~ControlMask; | |
11edeb03 JB |
3513 | nbytes = |
3514 | XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_buffer, 80, &keysym, | |
3515 | &compose_status); | |
dc6f92b8 | 3516 | |
2d368234 | 3517 | orig_keysym = keysym; |
55123275 | 3518 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3519 | if (numchars > 1) |
3520 | { | |
64a07219 JB |
3521 | if (((keysym >= XK_BackSpace && keysym <= XK_Escape) |
3522 | || keysym == XK_Delete | |
3523 | || IsCursorKey (keysym) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */ | |
3524 | || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */ | |
c34790e0 | 3525 | #ifdef HPUX |
64a07219 JB |
3526 | /* This recognizes the "extended function keys". |
3527 | It seems there's no cleaner way. | |
3528 | Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling mode_switch | |
3529 | incorrectly. */ | |
3530 | || ((unsigned) (keysym) >= XK_Select | |
3531 | && (unsigned)(keysym) < XK_KP_Space) | |
69388238 RS |
3532 | #endif |
3533 | #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex | |
3534 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_circumflex | |
3535 | #endif | |
3536 | #ifdef XK_dead_grave | |
3537 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_grave | |
3538 | #endif | |
3539 | #ifdef XK_dead_tilde | |
3540 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_tilde | |
3541 | #endif | |
3542 | #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis | |
3543 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_diaeresis | |
3544 | #endif | |
3545 | #ifdef XK_dead_macron | |
3546 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_macron | |
3547 | #endif | |
3548 | #ifdef XK_dead_degree | |
3549 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_degree | |
3550 | #endif | |
3551 | #ifdef XK_dead_acute | |
3552 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_acute | |
3553 | #endif | |
3554 | #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla | |
3555 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_cedilla | |
3556 | #endif | |
3557 | #ifdef XK_dead_breve | |
3558 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_breve | |
3559 | #endif | |
3560 | #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek | |
3561 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_ogonek | |
3562 | #endif | |
3563 | #ifdef XK_dead_caron | |
3564 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_caron | |
3565 | #endif | |
3566 | #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute | |
3567 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_doubleacute | |
3568 | #endif | |
3569 | #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot | |
3570 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_abovedot | |
c34790e0 | 3571 | #endif |
64a07219 JB |
3572 | || IsKeypadKey (keysym) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */ |
3573 | || IsFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */ | |
05f6617d RS |
3574 | /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */ |
3575 | || (orig_keysym & (1 << 28))) | |
7719aa06 RS |
3576 | && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym) |
3577 | #ifndef HAVE_X11R5 | |
3578 | #ifdef XK_Mode_switch | |
3579 | || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Mode_switch) | |
3580 | #endif | |
3581 | #ifdef XK_Num_Lock | |
3582 | || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Num_Lock) | |
3583 | #endif | |
3584 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */ | |
3585 | )) | |
dc6f92b8 | 3586 | { |
10e6549c RS |
3587 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
3588 | temp_index = 0; | |
3589 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = keysym; | |
dc6f92b8 | 3590 | bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke; |
69388238 | 3591 | bufp->code = keysym; |
e0c1aef2 | 3592 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
dfeccd2d | 3593 | bufp->modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (modifiers); |
1113d9db | 3594 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3595 | bufp++; |
3596 | count++; | |
3597 | numchars--; | |
3598 | } | |
3599 | else if (numchars > nbytes) | |
3600 | { | |
3601 | register int i; | |
3602 | ||
10e6549c | 3603 | for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++) |
dc6f92b8 | 3604 | { |
10e6549c RS |
3605 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
3606 | temp_index = 0; | |
3607 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = copy_buffer[i]; | |
dc6f92b8 | 3608 | bufp->kind = ascii_keystroke; |
69388238 | 3609 | bufp->code = copy_buffer[i]; |
e0c1aef2 | 3610 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
dfeccd2d | 3611 | bufp->modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (modifiers); |
1113d9db | 3612 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3613 | bufp++; |
3614 | } | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3615 | |
3616 | count += nbytes; | |
3617 | numchars -= nbytes; | |
3618 | } | |
10e6549c RS |
3619 | else |
3620 | abort (); | |
dc6f92b8 | 3621 | } |
10e6549c RS |
3622 | else |
3623 | abort (); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3624 | } |
3625 | break; | |
f451eb13 JB |
3626 | |
3627 | /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole | |
3628 | FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess. If you get a | |
3629 | FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut event before you | |
3630 | relinquish the focus. If you haven't received a FocusIn event, | |
3631 | then a mere LeaveNotify is enough to free you. */ | |
3632 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 3633 | case EnterNotify: |
1dea5a83 | 3634 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xcrossing.window); |
6d4238f3 | 3635 | |
f451eb13 | 3636 | if (event.xcrossing.focus) /* Entered Window */ |
dc6f92b8 | 3637 | { |
dc6f92b8 | 3638 | /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */ |
f676886a JB |
3639 | if (f && (!(f->auto_raise) |
3640 | || !(f->auto_lower) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3641 | || (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500)) |
3642 | { | |
f676886a | 3643 | x_new_focus_frame (f); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3644 | enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time; |
3645 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 3646 | } |
f676886a JB |
3647 | else if (f == x_focus_frame) |
3648 | x_new_focus_frame (0); | |
da893f1f RS |
3649 | /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement, |
3650 | so update things that depend on mouse position. */ | |
3651 | if (f) | |
3652 | note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3653 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3654 | goto OTHER; | |
3655 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3656 | break; |
3657 | ||
3658 | case FocusIn: | |
1dea5a83 | 3659 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xfocus.window); |
58769bee | 3660 | if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer) |
f451eb13 | 3661 | x_focus_event_frame = f; |
f676886a JB |
3662 | if (f) |
3663 | x_new_focus_frame (f); | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3664 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3665 | goto OTHER; | |
3666 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3667 | break; |
3668 | ||
f451eb13 | 3669 | |
dc6f92b8 | 3670 | case LeaveNotify: |
10c5e63d KH |
3671 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (event.xcrossing.window); |
3672 | if (f) | |
f451eb13 | 3673 | { |
10c5e63d KH |
3674 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
3675 | /* If we move outside the frame, | |
3676 | then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ | |
3677 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
3678 | ||
3679 | if (event.xcrossing.focus) | |
3680 | { | |
3681 | if (! x_focus_event_frame) | |
3682 | x_new_focus_frame (0); | |
3683 | else | |
3684 | x_new_focus_frame (f); | |
3685 | } | |
58769bee | 3686 | else |
10c5e63d KH |
3687 | { |
3688 | if (f == x_focus_event_frame) | |
3689 | x_focus_event_frame = 0; | |
3690 | if (f == x_focus_frame) | |
3691 | x_new_focus_frame (0); | |
3692 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 3693 | } |
3afe33e7 RS |
3694 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3695 | goto OTHER; | |
3696 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3697 | break; |
3698 | ||
3699 | case FocusOut: | |
1dea5a83 | 3700 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xfocus.window); |
f451eb13 JB |
3701 | if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer |
3702 | && f == x_focus_event_frame) | |
3703 | x_focus_event_frame = 0; | |
f676886a JB |
3704 | if (f && f == x_focus_frame) |
3705 | x_new_focus_frame (0); | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3706 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3707 | goto OTHER; | |
3708 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3709 | break; |
3710 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
3711 | case MotionNotify: |
3712 | { | |
23faf38f RS |
3713 | if (x_mouse_grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
3714 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) | |
69388238 RS |
3715 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
3716 | else | |
3717 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xmotion.window); | |
f676886a | 3718 | if (f) |
12ba150f | 3719 | note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); |
f451eb13 | 3720 | else |
dc6f92b8 | 3721 | { |
69388238 RS |
3722 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
3723 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.window); | |
f451eb13 JB |
3724 | |
3725 | if (bar) | |
ab648270 | 3726 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event); |
b8009dd1 RS |
3727 | |
3728 | /* If we move outside the frame, | |
3729 | then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ | |
3730 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
dc6f92b8 | 3731 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 3732 | } |
0a178815 RS |
3733 | #if 0 /* This should be unnecessary, since the toolkit has no use |
3734 | for motion events that happen outside of the menu event loop, | |
3735 | and it seems to cause the bug that mouse events stop coming | |
3736 | after a while. */ | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3737 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3738 | goto OTHER; | |
3739 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
0a178815 | 3740 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3741 | break; |
3742 | ||
3743 | case ConfigureNotify: | |
13ce2d73 | 3744 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xconfigure.window); |
3afe33e7 | 3745 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
13ce2d73 | 3746 | if (f |
3a35ab44 | 3747 | #if 0 |
13ce2d73 | 3748 | && ! event.xconfigure.send_event |
3a35ab44 | 3749 | #endif |
13ce2d73 FP |
3750 | && (event.xconfigure.window == XtWindow (f->display.x->widget))) |
3751 | { | |
3752 | Window win, child; | |
3753 | int win_x, win_y; | |
3754 | ||
3755 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of | |
3756 | the window, in the root coordinate system. Don't | |
3757 | refer to the parent window here; we may be processing | |
3758 | this event after the window manager has changed our | |
3759 | parent, but before we have reached the ReparentNotify. */ | |
3760 | XTranslateCoordinates (x_current_display, | |
3761 | ||
3762 | /* From-window, to-window. */ | |
3763 | XtWindow (f->display.x->widget), | |
3764 | ROOT_WINDOW, | |
3765 | ||
3766 | /* From-position, to-position. */ | |
3767 | -event.xconfigure.border_width, | |
3768 | -event.xconfigure.border_width, | |
3769 | &win_x, &win_y, | |
3770 | ||
3771 | /* Child of win. */ | |
3772 | &child); | |
3773 | event.xconfigure.x = win_x; | |
3774 | event.xconfigure.y = win_y; | |
3775 | ||
3776 | f->display.x->pixel_width = event.xconfigure.width; | |
3777 | f->display.x->pixel_height = event.xconfigure.height; | |
3778 | f->display.x->left_pos = event.xconfigure.x; | |
3779 | f->display.x->top_pos = event.xconfigure.y; | |
3a35ab44 RS |
3780 | |
3781 | /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window. | |
3782 | Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */ | |
3783 | { | |
3784 | int x, y; | |
3785 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); | |
3786 | f->display.x->left_pos = x; | |
3787 | f->display.x->top_pos = y; | |
3788 | } | |
13ce2d73 FP |
3789 | } |
3790 | goto OTHER; | |
3afe33e7 | 3791 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
3792 | if (f) |
3793 | { | |
3794 | int rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, event.xconfigure.height); | |
3795 | int columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, event.xconfigure.width); | |
3796 | ||
3797 | /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has | |
3798 | not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need | |
3799 | to check the pixel dimensions as well. */ | |
3800 | if (columns != f->width | |
3801 | || rows != f->height | |
3802 | || event.xconfigure.width != f->display.x->pixel_width | |
3803 | || event.xconfigure.height != f->display.x->pixel_height) | |
3804 | { | |
3805 | change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1); | |
3806 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
3807 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 3808 | |
3bd330d4 | 3809 | if (! event.xconfigure.send_event) |
af395ec1 RS |
3810 | { |
3811 | Window win, child; | |
3812 | int win_x, win_y; | |
3813 | ||
6cc35d86 JB |
3814 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of |
3815 | the window, in the root coordinate system. Don't | |
3816 | refer to the parent window here; we may be processing | |
3817 | this event after the window manager has changed our | |
3818 | parent, but before we have reached the ReparentNotify. */ | |
af395ec1 | 3819 | XTranslateCoordinates (x_current_display, |
58769bee | 3820 | |
af395ec1 | 3821 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
6cc35d86 | 3822 | f->display.x->window_desc, |
3bd330d4 | 3823 | ROOT_WINDOW, |
af395ec1 RS |
3824 | |
3825 | /* From-position, to-position. */ | |
6cc35d86 JB |
3826 | -event.xconfigure.border_width, |
3827 | -event.xconfigure.border_width, | |
af395ec1 RS |
3828 | &win_x, &win_y, |
3829 | ||
3830 | /* Child of win. */ | |
3831 | &child); | |
3832 | event.xconfigure.x = win_x; | |
3833 | event.xconfigure.y = win_y; | |
3834 | } | |
3835 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
3836 | f->display.x->pixel_width = event.xconfigure.width; |
3837 | f->display.x->pixel_height = event.xconfigure.height; | |
3838 | f->display.x->left_pos = event.xconfigure.x; | |
3839 | f->display.x->top_pos = event.xconfigure.y; | |
3a35ab44 RS |
3840 | |
3841 | /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window. | |
3842 | Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */ | |
3843 | { | |
3844 | int x, y; | |
3845 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); | |
3846 | f->display.x->left_pos = x; | |
3847 | f->display.x->top_pos = y; | |
fd13dbb2 RS |
3848 | if (y != event.xconfigure.y) |
3849 | { | |
3850 | /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now, | |
3851 | we must put them below top_pos in the future. */ | |
3852 | f->display.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; | |
3853 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); | |
3854 | } | |
3a35ab44 | 3855 | } |
dbc4e1c1 | 3856 | } |
3afe33e7 | 3857 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dbc4e1c1 | 3858 | break; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3859 | |
3860 | case ButtonPress: | |
3861 | case ButtonRelease: | |
3862 | { | |
3863 | /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen | |
3864 | by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */ | |
3865 | struct input_event emacs_event; | |
3866 | emacs_event.kind = no_event; | |
3867 | ||
9b07615b RS |
3868 | bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status)); |
3869 | ||
f676886a JB |
3870 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xbutton.window); |
3871 | if (f) | |
f451eb13 JB |
3872 | { |
3873 | if (!x_focus_frame || (f == x_focus_frame)) | |
69388238 | 3874 | construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &event, f); |
f451eb13 | 3875 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 3876 | else |
f451eb13 | 3877 | { |
fb3b7de5 RS |
3878 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
3879 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.window); | |
f451eb13 JB |
3880 | |
3881 | if (bar) | |
ab648270 | 3882 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event); |
3afe33e7 RS |
3883 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3884 | else | |
3885 | { | |
a263cd2d PR |
3886 | /* Assume we have a menubar button press. A bad |
3887 | assumption should behave benignly. */ | |
3888 | popup_get_selection (&event); | |
3889 | break; | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3890 | } |
3891 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
f451eb13 | 3892 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 3893 | |
23faf38f RS |
3894 | if (event.type == ButtonPress) |
3895 | { | |
3896 | x_mouse_grabbed |= (1 << event.xbutton.button); | |
3897 | Vmouse_depressed = Qt; | |
3898 | last_mouse_frame = f; | |
3899 | } | |
3900 | else | |
3901 | { | |
3902 | x_mouse_grabbed &= ~(1 << event.xbutton.button); | |
3903 | if (!x_mouse_grabbed) | |
3904 | Vmouse_depressed = Qnil; | |
3905 | } | |
3906 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
3907 | if (numchars >= 1 && emacs_event.kind != no_event) |
3908 | { | |
3909 | bcopy (&emacs_event, bufp, sizeof (struct input_event)); | |
3910 | bufp++; | |
3911 | count++; | |
3912 | numchars--; | |
3913 | } | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3914 | |
3915 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
3916 | goto OTHER; | |
3917 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3918 | } |
3919 | break; | |
3920 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
3921 | case CirculateNotify: |
3922 | break; | |
3923 | case CirculateRequest: | |
3924 | break; | |
3925 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 3926 | case MappingNotify: |
11edeb03 JB |
3927 | /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the |
3928 | local cache. */ | |
3929 | switch (event.xmapping.request) | |
3930 | { | |
3931 | case MappingModifier: | |
3932 | x_find_modifier_meanings (); | |
3933 | /* This is meant to fall through. */ | |
3934 | case MappingKeyboard: | |
3935 | XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event.xmapping); | |
3936 | } | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3937 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3938 | goto OTHER; | |
3939 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3940 | break; |
3941 | ||
3942 | default: | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3943 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3944 | OTHER: | |
3945 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3946 | XtDispatchEvent (&event); | |
3947 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3948 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3949 | break; |
3950 | } | |
3951 | } | |
3952 | ||
9a5196d0 RS |
3953 | /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events |
3954 | when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */ | |
58769bee | 3955 | if (! event_found) |
ef2a22d0 | 3956 | { |
ef2a22d0 RS |
3957 | /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time. |
3958 | One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate. | |
3959 | B. Bretthauer, 1994 */ | |
3960 | x_noop_count++; | |
58769bee | 3961 | if (x_noop_count >= 100) |
ef2a22d0 RS |
3962 | { |
3963 | x_noop_count=0; | |
3964 | XNoOp (x_current_display); | |
3965 | } | |
3966 | } | |
502add23 | 3967 | |
58769bee | 3968 | #if 0 /* This fails for serial-line connections to the X server, |
7071e5dd RS |
3969 | because the characters arrive one by one, and a partial |
3970 | command makes select return but gives nothing to read. | |
3971 | We'll have to hope that the bug that this tried to fix | |
3972 | in 1988 has been fixed in Xlib or the X server. */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3973 | #ifdef HAVE_SELECT |
3974 | if (expected && ! event_found) | |
3975 | { | |
3976 | /* AOJ 880406: if select returns true but XPending doesn't, it means that | |
3977 | there is an EOF condition; in other words, that X has died. | |
3978 | Act as if there had been a hangup. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 3979 | int fd = ConnectionNumber (x_current_display); |
307feb1f | 3980 | SELECT_TYPE mask, junk1, junk2; |
66f55a9d | 3981 | EMACS_TIME timeout; |
dc6f92b8 | 3982 | |
61c3ce62 RS |
3983 | FD_ZERO (&mask); |
3984 | FD_SET (fd, &mask); | |
66f55a9d | 3985 | EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, 0, 0); |
307feb1f RS |
3986 | FD_ZERO (&junk1); |
3987 | FD_ZERO (&junk2); | |
3988 | if (0 != select (fd + 1, &mask, &junk1, &junk2, &timeout) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3989 | && !XStuffPending ()) |
3990 | kill (getpid (), SIGHUP); | |
3991 | } | |
61c3ce62 | 3992 | #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ |
7071e5dd | 3993 | #endif /* 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 | 3994 | |
0134a210 RS |
3995 | /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame, |
3996 | raise it now. */ | |
0134a210 RS |
3997 | if (pending_autoraise_frame) |
3998 | { | |
3999 | x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame); | |
4000 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; | |
4001 | } | |
0134a210 | 4002 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4003 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4004 | return count; | |
4005 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 4006 | \f |
f451eb13 JB |
4007 | /* Drawing the cursor. */ |
4008 | ||
4009 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
4010 | /* Draw a hollow box cursor. Don't change the inside of the box. */ |
4011 | ||
4012 | static void | |
f676886a JB |
4013 | x_draw_box (f) |
4014 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4015 | { |
2a6cf806 RS |
4016 | int left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x); |
4017 | int top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y); | |
f676886a | 4018 | int width = FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font); |
a27f9f86 | 4019 | int height = f->display.x->line_height; |
dc6f92b8 | 4020 | |
c118dd06 | 4021 | XDrawRectangle (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
f676886a | 4022 | f->display.x->cursor_gc, |
dc6f92b8 | 4023 | left, top, width - 1, height - 1); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4024 | } |
4025 | ||
f676886a | 4026 | /* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color, |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4027 | and mark the cursor as not shown. |
4028 | This is used when the text where the cursor is | |
4029 | is about to be rewritten. */ | |
4030 | ||
4031 | static void | |
f676886a JB |
4032 | clear_cursor (f) |
4033 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4034 | { |
4035 | int mask; | |
4036 | ||
f451eb13 | 4037 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) |
f676886a | 4038 | || f->phys_cursor_x < 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4039 | return; |
4040 | ||
f676886a | 4041 | x_display_cursor (f, 0); |
f676886a | 4042 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4043 | } |
4044 | ||
f676886a | 4045 | /* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style |
90e65f07 JB |
4046 | HIGHLIGHT. HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs. Return the |
4047 | glyph drawn. */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4048 | |
4049 | static void | |
f676886a JB |
4050 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight) |
4051 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4052 | int row, column; |
90e65f07 | 4053 | GLYPH glyph; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4054 | int highlight; |
4055 | { | |
f676886a | 4056 | dumpglyphs (f, |
12ba150f JB |
4057 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column), |
4058 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row), | |
0cdd0c9f | 4059 | &glyph, 1, highlight, 0); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4060 | } |
4061 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 4062 | static void |
dbc4e1c1 | 4063 | x_display_bar_cursor (f, on) |
f676886a | 4064 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4065 | int on; |
4066 | { | |
f676886a | 4067 | struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); |
90e65f07 | 4068 | |
49d838ea JB |
4069 | /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged |
4070 | frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of | |
4071 | changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */ | |
4072 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4073 | return; |
4074 | ||
4075 | if (! on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0) | |
4076 | return; | |
4077 | ||
f676886a | 4078 | /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's |
1113d9db | 4079 | cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */ |
f676886a | 4080 | if (f != updating_frame) |
1113d9db | 4081 | { |
f676886a JB |
4082 | curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f); |
4083 | curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f); | |
1113d9db JB |
4084 | } |
4085 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4086 | /* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it. */ |
4087 | if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0 | |
4088 | && (!on | |
4089 | || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x | |
4090 | || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y | |
4091 | || f->display.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor)) | |
4092 | { | |
4093 | /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ | |
4094 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x, | |
4095 | f->phys_cursor_glyph, | |
4096 | current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]); | |
4097 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
4098 | } | |
4099 | ||
4100 | /* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so. */ | |
4101 | if (on | |
4102 | && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0 | |
4103 | || (f->display.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor))) | |
4104 | { | |
4105 | f->phys_cursor_glyph | |
4106 | = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y] | |
4107 | && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y]) | |
4108 | ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x] | |
4109 | : SPACEGLYPH); | |
4110 | XFillRectangle (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
4111 | f->display.x->cursor_gc, | |
4112 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), | |
4113 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), | |
a27f9f86 | 4114 | 1, f->display.x->line_height); |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4115 | |
4116 | f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x; | |
4117 | f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y; | |
4118 | ||
4119 | f->display.x->current_cursor = bar_cursor; | |
4120 | } | |
4121 | ||
4122 | if (updating_frame != f) | |
4123 | XFlushQueue (); | |
4124 | } | |
4125 | ||
4126 | ||
4127 | /* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON. | |
4128 | If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified | |
4129 | by F->cursor_x and F->cursor_y. */ | |
4130 | ||
4131 | static void | |
4132 | x_display_box_cursor (f, on) | |
4133 | struct frame *f; | |
4134 | int on; | |
4135 | { | |
4136 | struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); | |
4137 | ||
49d838ea JB |
4138 | /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged |
4139 | frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of | |
4140 | changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */ | |
4141 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4142 | return; |
4143 | ||
4144 | /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */ | |
f676886a | 4145 | if (!on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4146 | return; |
4147 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4148 | /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's |
4149 | cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */ | |
4150 | if (f != updating_frame) | |
4151 | { | |
4152 | curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f); | |
4153 | curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f); | |
4154 | } | |
4155 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
4156 | /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be |
4157 | or it is in the wrong place, | |
4158 | or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!) | |
4159 | erase it. */ | |
f676886a | 4160 | if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0 |
dc6f92b8 | 4161 | && (!on |
f676886a JB |
4162 | || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x |
4163 | || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y | |
dbc4e1c1 | 4164 | || (f->display.x->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor |
f676886a | 4165 | && (f != x_highlight_frame)))) |
dc6f92b8 | 4166 | { |
79cf7456 RS |
4167 | int mouse_face_here = 0; |
4168 | ||
4169 | /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when | |
4170 | we clear the cursor. */ | |
4171 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame | |
4172 | && | |
4173 | (f->phys_cursor_y > mouse_face_beg_row | |
4174 | || (f->phys_cursor_y == mouse_face_beg_row | |
4175 | && f->phys_cursor_x >= mouse_face_beg_col)) | |
4176 | && | |
4177 | (f->phys_cursor_y < mouse_face_end_row | |
4178 | || (f->phys_cursor_y == mouse_face_end_row | |
4179 | && f->phys_cursor_x < mouse_face_end_col))) | |
4180 | mouse_face_here = 1; | |
4181 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
4182 | /* If the font is not as tall as a whole line, |
4183 | we must explicitly clear the line's whole height. */ | |
4184 | if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->display.x->font) != f->display.x->line_height) | |
4185 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
4186 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x), | |
4187 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y), | |
4188 | FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
4189 | f->display.x->line_height, False); | |
dc6f92b8 | 4190 | /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ |
f676886a JB |
4191 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x, |
4192 | f->phys_cursor_glyph, | |
79cf7456 RS |
4193 | (mouse_face_here |
4194 | ? 3 | |
4195 | : current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y])); | |
f676886a | 4196 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4197 | } |
4198 | ||
4199 | /* If we want to show a cursor, | |
4200 | or we want a box cursor and it's not so, | |
4201 | write it in the right place. */ | |
4202 | if (on | |
f676886a | 4203 | && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0 |
dbc4e1c1 | 4204 | || (f->display.x->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor |
f676886a | 4205 | && f == x_highlight_frame))) |
dc6f92b8 | 4206 | { |
f676886a | 4207 | f->phys_cursor_glyph |
1113d9db JB |
4208 | = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y] |
4209 | && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y]) | |
4210 | ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x] | |
90e65f07 | 4211 | : SPACEGLYPH); |
f676886a | 4212 | if (f != x_highlight_frame) |
dc6f92b8 | 4213 | { |
f676886a | 4214 | x_draw_box (f); |
dbc4e1c1 | 4215 | f->display.x->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4216 | } |
4217 | else | |
4218 | { | |
f676886a JB |
4219 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, curs_y, curs_x, |
4220 | f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2); | |
dbc4e1c1 | 4221 | f->display.x->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4222 | } |
4223 | ||
f676886a JB |
4224 | f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x; |
4225 | f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4226 | } |
4227 | ||
f676886a | 4228 | if (updating_frame != f) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4229 | XFlushQueue (); |
4230 | } | |
4231 | ||
f676886a JB |
4232 | x_display_cursor (f, on) |
4233 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4234 | int on; |
4235 | { | |
f94397b5 KH |
4236 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
4237 | ||
dbc4e1c1 | 4238 | if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor) |
f676886a | 4239 | x_display_box_cursor (f, on); |
dbc4e1c1 | 4240 | else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor) |
f676886a | 4241 | x_display_bar_cursor (f, on); |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4242 | else |
4243 | /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */ | |
4244 | abort (); | |
f94397b5 KH |
4245 | |
4246 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4247 | } |
4248 | \f | |
4249 | /* Icons. */ | |
4250 | ||
f676886a | 4251 | /* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4252 | when we get an expose event for it. */ |
4253 | ||
f676886a JB |
4254 | refreshicon (f) |
4255 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4256 | { |
dc6f92b8 | 4257 | /* Normally, the window manager handles this function. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4258 | } |
4259 | ||
dbc4e1c1 | 4260 | /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4261 | |
4262 | int | |
f676886a JB |
4263 | x_bitmap_icon (f) |
4264 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4265 | { |
4266 | int mask; | |
4267 | Window icon_window; | |
4268 | ||
c118dd06 | 4269 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4270 | return 1; |
4271 | ||
8583db58 RS |
4272 | if (! icon_bitmap) |
4273 | icon_bitmap = | |
4274 | XCreateBitmapFromData (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
4275 | gnu_bits, gnu_width, gnu_height); | |
f676886a JB |
4276 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, icon_bitmap); |
4277 | f->display.x->icon_bitmap_flag = 1; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4278 | |
4279 | return 0; | |
4280 | } | |
4281 | ||
4282 | ||
f676886a | 4283 | /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4284 | |
4285 | int | |
f676886a JB |
4286 | x_text_icon (f, icon_name) |
4287 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4288 | char *icon_name; |
4289 | { | |
c118dd06 | 4290 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4291 | return 1; |
4292 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 4293 | if (icon_name) |
f676886a | 4294 | f->display.x->icon_label = icon_name; |
dc6f92b8 | 4295 | else |
f676886a JB |
4296 | if (! f->display.x->icon_label) |
4297 | f->display.x->icon_label = " *emacs* "; | |
58769bee | 4298 | |
dfeccd2d | 4299 | #if 0 |
c118dd06 | 4300 | XSetIconName (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
f676886a | 4301 | (char *) f->display.x->icon_label); |
dfeccd2d | 4302 | #endif |
58769bee | 4303 | |
f676886a | 4304 | f->display.x->icon_bitmap_flag = 0; |
b1c884c3 | 4305 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, 0); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4306 | |
4307 | return 0; | |
4308 | } | |
4309 | \f | |
4746118a JB |
4310 | /* Handling X errors. */ |
4311 | ||
12ba150f JB |
4312 | /* Shut down Emacs in an orderly fashion, because of a SIGPIPE on the |
4313 | X server's connection, or an error reported via the X protocol. */ | |
16bd92ea | 4314 | |
4746118a | 4315 | static SIGTYPE |
c118dd06 | 4316 | x_connection_closed () |
4746118a JB |
4317 | { |
4318 | if (_Xdebug) | |
4319 | abort (); | |
12ba150f | 4320 | |
1cd2d6d4 | 4321 | shut_down_emacs (0, 1, Qnil); |
12ba150f JB |
4322 | |
4323 | exit (70); | |
4746118a JB |
4324 | } |
4325 | ||
8922af5f JB |
4326 | /* An X error handler which prints an error message and then kills |
4327 | Emacs. This is what's normally installed as Xlib's handler for | |
4328 | protocol errors. */ | |
c118dd06 JB |
4329 | static int |
4330 | x_error_quitter (display, error) | |
4331 | Display *display; | |
4332 | XErrorEvent *error; | |
4333 | { | |
4334 | char buf[256]; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4335 | |
58769bee | 4336 | /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the |
c118dd06 | 4337 | original error handler. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 4338 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4339 | XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, buf, sizeof (buf)); |
4340 | fprintf (stderr, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d\n", | |
4341 | buf, error->request_code); | |
dc6f92b8 | 4342 | |
e09f9351 | 4343 | #if 0 |
12ba150f JB |
4344 | /* While we're testing Emacs 19, we'll just dump core whenever we |
4345 | get an X error, so we can figure out why it happened. */ | |
4346 | abort (); | |
e09f9351 | 4347 | #endif |
12ba150f | 4348 | |
c118dd06 | 4349 | x_connection_closed (); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4350 | } |
4351 | ||
8922af5f JB |
4352 | /* A handler for X IO errors which prints an error message and then |
4353 | kills Emacs. This is what is always installed as Xlib's handler | |
4354 | for I/O errors. */ | |
4355 | static int | |
4356 | x_io_error_quitter (display) | |
4357 | Display *display; | |
4358 | { | |
4359 | fprintf (stderr, "Connection to X server %s lost.\n", | |
4360 | XDisplayName (DisplayString (display))); | |
4361 | ||
e09f9351 | 4362 | #if 0 |
8922af5f JB |
4363 | /* While we're testing Emacs 19, we'll just dump core whenever we |
4364 | get an X error, so we can figure out why it happened. */ | |
4365 | abort (); | |
e09f9351 | 4366 | #endif |
8922af5f JB |
4367 | |
4368 | x_connection_closed (); | |
4369 | } | |
4370 | ||
c118dd06 | 4371 | /* A buffer for storing X error messages. */ |
cef13e55 RS |
4372 | static char *x_caught_error_message; |
4373 | #define X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4374 | |
4375 | /* An X error handler which stores the error message in | |
4376 | x_caught_error_message. This is what's installed when | |
4377 | x_catch_errors is in effect. */ | |
4378 | static int | |
4379 | x_error_catcher (display, error) | |
4380 | Display *display; | |
4381 | XErrorEvent *error; | |
4382 | { | |
4383 | XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, | |
cef13e55 | 4384 | x_caught_error_message, X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); |
c118dd06 JB |
4385 | } |
4386 | ||
4387 | ||
4388 | /* Begin trapping X errors. | |
dc6f92b8 | 4389 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4390 | After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause |
4391 | Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in x_cfc_error_message. | |
dc6f92b8 | 4392 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4393 | Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has |
4394 | occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors. | |
4395 | ||
4396 | Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */ | |
4397 | ||
bc20ebbf | 4398 | void x_catch_errors (), x_check_errors (), x_uncatch_errors (); |
c118dd06 JB |
4399 | |
4400 | void | |
4401 | x_catch_errors () | |
dc6f92b8 | 4402 | { |
c118dd06 JB |
4403 | /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */ |
4404 | XSync (x_current_display, False); | |
dc6f92b8 | 4405 | |
c118dd06 | 4406 | /* Set up the error buffer. */ |
60f9aad3 | 4407 | x_caught_error_message |
cef13e55 RS |
4408 | = (char*) xmalloc (X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); |
4409 | x_caught_error_message[0] = '\0'; | |
16bd92ea | 4410 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4411 | /* Install our little error handler. */ |
4412 | XHandleError (x_error_catcher); | |
4413 | } | |
16bd92ea | 4414 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4415 | /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to |
4416 | x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using | |
4417 | sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */ | |
812361a1 | 4418 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4419 | void |
4420 | x_check_errors (format) | |
4421 | char *format; | |
4422 | { | |
4423 | /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ | |
4424 | XSync (x_current_display, False); | |
16bd92ea | 4425 | |
cef13e55 | 4426 | if (x_caught_error_message[0]) |
c118dd06 | 4427 | { |
cef13e55 | 4428 | char buf[X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE + 56]; |
dc6f92b8 | 4429 | |
cef13e55 | 4430 | sprintf (buf, format, x_caught_error_message); |
c118dd06 JB |
4431 | x_uncatch_errors (); |
4432 | error (buf); | |
4433 | } | |
4434 | } | |
4435 | ||
b849c413 RS |
4436 | /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors since we did x_catch_errors. */ |
4437 | ||
4438 | int | |
4439 | x_had_errors_p () | |
4440 | { | |
4441 | /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ | |
4442 | XSync (x_current_display, False); | |
4443 | ||
4444 | return x_caught_error_message[0] != 0; | |
4445 | } | |
4446 | ||
812361a1 RS |
4447 | /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die. */ |
4448 | ||
c118dd06 JB |
4449 | void |
4450 | x_uncatch_errors () | |
4451 | { | |
9ac0d9e0 | 4452 | xfree (x_caught_error_message); |
cef13e55 | 4453 | x_caught_error_message = 0; |
c118dd06 | 4454 | XHandleError (x_error_quitter); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4455 | } |
4456 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
4457 | #if 0 |
4458 | static unsigned int x_wire_count; | |
4459 | x_trace_wire () | |
4460 | { | |
4461 | fprintf (stderr, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count); | |
4462 | } | |
c118dd06 | 4463 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4464 | |
4465 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
4466 | /* Changing the font of the frame. */ |
4467 | ||
f676886a | 4468 | /* Set the font of the x-window specified by frame F |
dc6f92b8 | 4469 | to the font named NEWNAME. This is safe to use |
f676886a | 4470 | even before F has an actual x-window. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 4471 | |
2224a5fc RS |
4472 | struct font_info |
4473 | { | |
4474 | XFontStruct *font; | |
4475 | char *name; | |
76bcdf39 | 4476 | char *full_name; |
2224a5fc RS |
4477 | }; |
4478 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 4479 | /* A table of all the fonts we have already loaded. */ |
2224a5fc | 4480 | static struct font_info *x_font_table; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4481 | |
4482 | /* The current capacity of x_font_table. */ | |
4483 | static int x_font_table_size; | |
4484 | ||
4485 | /* The number of fonts actually stored in x_font_table. | |
4486 | x_font_table[n] is used and valid iff 0 <= n < n_fonts. | |
4487 | 0 <= n_fonts <= x_font_table_size. */ | |
4488 | static int n_fonts; | |
4489 | ||
76bcdf39 RS |
4490 | /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and |
4491 | return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard | |
4492 | pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern. | |
4493 | The return value shows which font we chose. */ | |
4494 | ||
b5cf7a0e | 4495 | Lisp_Object |
f676886a JB |
4496 | x_new_font (f, fontname) |
4497 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4498 | register char *fontname; |
4499 | { | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4500 | int already_loaded; |
4501 | int n_matching_fonts; | |
4502 | XFontStruct *font_info; | |
4503 | char **font_names; | |
4504 | ||
4505 | /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we | |
4506 | have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts | |
4507 | we already have by comparing font ids. */ | |
2224a5fc RS |
4508 | font_names = (char **) XListFonts (x_current_display, fontname, |
4509 | 1024, &n_matching_fonts); | |
0c94f6ee JB |
4510 | /* Apparently it doesn't set n_matching_fonts to zero when it can't |
4511 | find any matches; font_names == 0 is the only clue. */ | |
4512 | if (! font_names) | |
4513 | n_matching_fonts = 0; | |
4514 | ||
5835f860 RS |
4515 | /* Don't just give up if n_matching_fonts is 0. |
4516 | Apparently there's a bug on Suns: XListFontsWithInfo can | |
4517 | fail to find a font, but XLoadQueryFont may still find it. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 4518 | |
90e65f07 | 4519 | /* See if we've already loaded a matching font. */ |
5835f860 RS |
4520 | already_loaded = -1; |
4521 | if (n_matching_fonts != 0) | |
4522 | { | |
4523 | int i, j; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4524 | |
5835f860 RS |
4525 | for (i = 0; i < n_fonts; i++) |
4526 | for (j = 0; j < n_matching_fonts; j++) | |
76bcdf39 RS |
4527 | if (!strcmp (x_font_table[i].name, font_names[j]) |
4528 | || !strcmp (x_font_table[i].full_name, font_names[j])) | |
5835f860 RS |
4529 | { |
4530 | already_loaded = i; | |
76bcdf39 | 4531 | fontname = x_font_table[i].full_name; |
5835f860 RS |
4532 | goto found_font; |
4533 | } | |
4534 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 4535 | found_font: |
58769bee | 4536 | |
dc6f92b8 | 4537 | /* If we have, just return it from the table. */ |
2224a5fc | 4538 | if (already_loaded >= 0) |
b2cad826 | 4539 | f->display.x->font = x_font_table[already_loaded].font; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4540 | /* Otherwise, load the font and add it to the table. */ |
4541 | else | |
4542 | { | |
9696f58b | 4543 | int i; |
76bcdf39 | 4544 | char *full_name; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4545 | XFontStruct *font; |
4546 | ||
9696f58b | 4547 | /* Try to find a character-cell font in the list. */ |
58769bee | 4548 | #if 0 |
f126bd67 | 4549 | /* A laudable goal, but this isn't how to do it. */ |
9696f58b JB |
4550 | for (i = 0; i < n_matching_fonts; i++) |
4551 | if (! font_info[i].per_char) | |
4552 | break; | |
f126bd67 JB |
4553 | #else |
4554 | i = 0; | |
4555 | #endif | |
9696f58b | 4556 | |
5835f860 RS |
4557 | /* See comment above. */ |
4558 | if (n_matching_fonts != 0) | |
9696f58b JB |
4559 | fontname = font_names[i]; |
4560 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
4561 | font = (XFontStruct *) XLoadQueryFont (x_current_display, fontname); |
4562 | if (! font) | |
5835f860 | 4563 | { |
2224a5fc | 4564 | /* Free the information from XListFonts. */ |
5835f860 | 4565 | if (n_matching_fonts) |
2224a5fc | 4566 | XFreeFontNames (font_names); |
5835f860 RS |
4567 | return Qnil; |
4568 | } | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4569 | |
4570 | /* Do we need to create the table? */ | |
4571 | if (x_font_table_size == 0) | |
4572 | { | |
4573 | x_font_table_size = 16; | |
4574 | x_font_table | |
2224a5fc RS |
4575 | = (struct font_info *) xmalloc (x_font_table_size |
4576 | * sizeof (x_font_table[0])); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4577 | } |
4578 | /* Do we need to grow the table? */ | |
4579 | else if (n_fonts >= x_font_table_size) | |
4580 | { | |
90e65f07 | 4581 | x_font_table_size *= 2; |
dc6f92b8 | 4582 | x_font_table |
2224a5fc RS |
4583 | = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (x_font_table, |
4584 | (x_font_table_size | |
4585 | * sizeof (x_font_table[0]))); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4586 | } |
4587 | ||
76bcdf39 RS |
4588 | /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in full_name. */ |
4589 | full_name = 0; | |
4590 | for (i = 0; i < font->n_properties; i++) | |
4591 | { | |
4592 | char *atom | |
4593 | = XGetAtomName (x_current_display, font->properties[i].name); | |
4594 | if (!strcmp (atom, "FONT")) | |
7965883b RS |
4595 | { |
4596 | char *name = XGetAtomName (x_current_display, | |
4597 | (Atom) (font->properties[i].card32)); | |
4598 | char *p = name; | |
4599 | int dashes = 0; | |
4600 | ||
4601 | /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name". | |
4602 | If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name, | |
4603 | so don't use it. | |
4604 | In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names | |
4605 | stored in them. */ | |
4606 | while (*p) | |
4607 | { | |
4608 | if (*p == '-') | |
4609 | dashes++; | |
4610 | p++; | |
4611 | } | |
4612 | ||
4613 | if (dashes >= 13) | |
4614 | full_name = name; | |
8ed24d5a RS |
4615 | |
4616 | break; | |
7965883b RS |
4617 | } |
4618 | ||
76bcdf39 RS |
4619 | XFree (atom); |
4620 | } | |
4621 | ||
dff815ef | 4622 | x_font_table[n_fonts].name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1); |
2224a5fc | 4623 | bcopy (fontname, x_font_table[n_fonts].name, strlen (fontname) + 1); |
76bcdf39 RS |
4624 | if (full_name != 0) |
4625 | x_font_table[n_fonts].full_name = full_name; | |
4626 | else | |
4627 | x_font_table[n_fonts].full_name = x_font_table[n_fonts].name; | |
2224a5fc | 4628 | f->display.x->font = x_font_table[n_fonts++].font = font; |
76bcdf39 | 4629 | |
d53067dc RS |
4630 | if (full_name) |
4631 | fontname = full_name; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4632 | } |
2224a5fc | 4633 | |
b2cad826 KH |
4634 | /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ |
4635 | if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0) | |
4636 | { | |
4637 | int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font); | |
4638 | f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid; | |
4639 | } | |
4640 | else | |
4641 | f->scroll_bar_cols = 2; | |
4642 | ||
f676886a | 4643 | /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ |
c118dd06 | 4644 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) != 0) |
dc6f92b8 | 4645 | { |
f676886a JB |
4646 | XSetFont (x_current_display, f->display.x->normal_gc, |
4647 | f->display.x->font->fid); | |
4648 | XSetFont (x_current_display, f->display.x->reverse_gc, | |
4649 | f->display.x->font->fid); | |
4650 | XSetFont (x_current_display, f->display.x->cursor_gc, | |
4651 | f->display.x->font->fid); | |
4652 | ||
a27f9f86 | 4653 | frame_update_line_height (f); |
0134a210 | 4654 | x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height); |
dc6f92b8 | 4655 | } |
a27f9f86 RS |
4656 | else |
4657 | /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time, | |
4658 | there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */ | |
0cdd0c9f | 4659 | f->display.x->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->display.x->font); |
dc6f92b8 | 4660 | |
b5cf7a0e | 4661 | { |
abdda982 | 4662 | Lisp_Object lispy_name; |
b5cf7a0e | 4663 | |
abdda982 | 4664 | lispy_name = build_string (fontname); |
b5cf7a0e | 4665 | |
2224a5fc | 4666 | /* Free the information from XListFonts. The data |
b5cf7a0e | 4667 | we actually retain comes from XLoadQueryFont. */ |
2224a5fc | 4668 | XFreeFontNames (font_names); |
b5cf7a0e JB |
4669 | |
4670 | return lispy_name; | |
4671 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 4672 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 4673 | \f |
43bca5d5 | 4674 | x_calc_absolute_position (f) |
f676886a | 4675 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 | 4676 | { |
6dba1858 RS |
4677 | Window win, child; |
4678 | int win_x = 0, win_y = 0; | |
43bca5d5 | 4679 | int flags = f->display.x->size_hint_flags; |
6dba1858 RS |
4680 | |
4681 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of | |
4682 | the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */ | |
4683 | if (f->display.x->parent_desc != ROOT_WINDOW) | |
4684 | { | |
4685 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
4686 | XTranslateCoordinates (x_current_display, | |
58769bee | 4687 | |
6dba1858 RS |
4688 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
4689 | f->display.x->window_desc, | |
4690 | f->display.x->parent_desc, | |
4691 | ||
4692 | /* From-position, to-position. */ | |
4693 | 0, 0, &win_x, &win_y, | |
4694 | ||
4695 | /* Child of win. */ | |
4696 | &child); | |
4697 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4698 | } | |
4699 | ||
4700 | /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost | |
4701 | position that fits on the screen. */ | |
20f55f9a | 4702 | if (flags & XNegative) |
58769bee | 4703 | f->display.x->left_pos = (x_screen_width |
69388238 | 4704 | - 2 * f->display.x->border_width - win_x |
31ea78fd JB |
4705 | - PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
4706 | + f->display.x->left_pos); | |
dc6f92b8 | 4707 | |
20f55f9a | 4708 | if (flags & YNegative) |
31ea78fd | 4709 | f->display.x->top_pos = (x_screen_height |
69388238 | 4710 | - 2 * f->display.x->border_width - win_y |
31ea78fd JB |
4711 | - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) |
4712 | + f->display.x->top_pos); | |
3a35ab44 RS |
4713 | /* The left_pos and top_pos |
4714 | are now relative to the top and left screen edges, | |
4715 | so the flags should correspond. */ | |
4716 | f->display.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4717 | } |
4718 | ||
3a35ab44 RS |
4719 | /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, |
4720 | to really change the position, and 0 when calling from | |
4721 | x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current | |
4722 | position values). */ | |
4723 | ||
dc05a16b | 4724 | x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity) |
f676886a | 4725 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 | 4726 | register int xoff, yoff; |
dc05a16b | 4727 | int change_gravity; |
dc6f92b8 | 4728 | { |
3a35ab44 RS |
4729 | if (change_gravity) |
4730 | { | |
4731 | f->display.x->top_pos = yoff; | |
4732 | f->display.x->left_pos = xoff; | |
4733 | f->display.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); | |
4734 | if (xoff < 0) | |
4735 | f->display.x->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; | |
4736 | if (yoff < 0) | |
4737 | f->display.x->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; | |
4738 | f->display.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; | |
4739 | } | |
43bca5d5 | 4740 | x_calc_absolute_position (f); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4741 | |
4742 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3a35ab44 RS |
4743 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
4744 | ||
3afe33e7 RS |
4745 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
4746 | XMoveWindow (XDISPLAY XtWindow (f->display.x->widget), | |
4747 | f->display.x->left_pos, f->display.x->top_pos); | |
4748 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
c118dd06 | 4749 | XMoveWindow (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
f676886a | 4750 | f->display.x->left_pos, f->display.x->top_pos); |
3afe33e7 | 4751 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4752 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4753 | } | |
4754 | ||
bc20ebbf FP |
4755 | /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window. |
4756 | If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity | |
4757 | for this size change and subsequent size changes. | |
4758 | Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 4759 | |
bc20ebbf | 4760 | x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) |
f676886a | 4761 | struct frame *f; |
bc20ebbf | 4762 | int change_gravity; |
b1c884c3 | 4763 | int cols, rows; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4764 | { |
4765 | int pixelwidth, pixelheight; | |
4766 | int mask; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4767 | |
80fd1fe2 FP |
4768 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
4769 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3a20653d RS |
4770 | { |
4771 | /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the | |
4772 | call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize. | |
4773 | This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't | |
4774 | figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */ | |
4775 | int xpos = f->display.x->widget->core.x; | |
4776 | int ypos = f->display.x->widget->core.y; | |
4777 | EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f->display.x->edit_widget, cols, rows); | |
4778 | f->display.x->widget->core.x = xpos; | |
4779 | f->display.x->widget->core.y = ypos; | |
4780 | } | |
80fd1fe2 FP |
4781 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4782 | ||
4783 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
4784 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
4785 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
4786 | ||
b1c884c3 | 4787 | check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols); |
6dba1858 | 4788 | f->display.x->vertical_scroll_bar_extra |
b2cad826 KH |
4789 | = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) |
4790 | ? 0 | |
4791 | : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0 | |
480407eb | 4792 | ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
b2cad826 | 4793 | : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font))); |
f451eb13 JB |
4794 | pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
4795 | pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); | |
dc6f92b8 | 4796 | |
af31d76f RS |
4797 | f->display.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
4798 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); | |
6ccf47d1 | 4799 | |
0cdd0c9f | 4800 | XSync (x_current_display, False); |
c118dd06 | 4801 | XChangeWindowSize (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), pixelwidth, pixelheight); |
b1c884c3 JB |
4802 | |
4803 | /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, | |
4804 | but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size | |
4805 | change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4806 | ConfigureNotify event gets here. |
4807 | ||
4808 | We could just not bother storing any of this information here, | |
4809 | and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that | |
4810 | might be kind of confusing to the lisp code, since size changes | |
4811 | wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random | |
4812 | point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. */ | |
8922af5f | 4813 | change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 0); |
b1c884c3 JB |
4814 | PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
4815 | PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; | |
4816 | ||
4d73d038 RS |
4817 | /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ |
4818 | if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows | |
4819 | || f->phys_cursor_x >= cols) | |
4820 | { | |
4821 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
4822 | f->phys_cursor_y = -1; | |
4823 | } | |
4824 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4825 | /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to |
4826 | receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked | |
4827 | for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so | |
4828 | we have to make sure to do it here. */ | |
4829 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
4830 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
4831 | XFlushQueue (); |
4832 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
80fd1fe2 | 4833 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 | 4834 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 4835 | \f |
f451eb13 | 4836 | /* Mouse warping, focus shifting, raising and lowering. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 4837 | |
9b378208 | 4838 | void |
f676886a JB |
4839 | x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y) |
4840 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4841 | int x, y; |
4842 | { | |
4843 | int pix_x, pix_y; | |
4844 | ||
12ba150f | 4845 | pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font) / 2; |
a27f9f86 | 4846 | pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->display.x->line_height / 2; |
f451eb13 JB |
4847 | |
4848 | if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; | |
4849 | if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); | |
4850 | ||
4851 | if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; | |
4852 | if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4853 | |
4854 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4855 | |
c118dd06 | 4856 | XWarpMousePointer (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), pix_x, pix_y); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4857 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4858 | } | |
4859 | ||
9b378208 RS |
4860 | /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */ |
4861 | ||
4862 | void | |
4863 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y) | |
4864 | struct frame *f; | |
4865 | int pix_x, pix_y; | |
4866 | { | |
4867 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
4868 | ||
4869 | XWarpMousePointer (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), pix_x, pix_y); | |
4870 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4871 | } | |
4872 | ||
f676886a JB |
4873 | x_focus_on_frame (f) |
4874 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4875 | { |
1fb20991 | 4876 | #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */ |
f676886a | 4877 | x_raise_frame (f); |
1fb20991 | 4878 | #endif |
6d4238f3 JB |
4879 | #if 0 |
4880 | /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this | |
4881 | without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up | |
f676886a | 4882 | doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */ |
c118dd06 | 4883 | XSetInputFocus (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
dc6f92b8 | 4884 | RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); |
c118dd06 | 4885 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4886 | } |
4887 | ||
f676886a JB |
4888 | x_unfocus_frame (f) |
4889 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4890 | { |
6d4238f3 | 4891 | #if 0 |
f676886a JB |
4892 | /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */ |
4893 | if (x_focus_frame == f) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4894 | XSetInputFocus (x_current_display, PointerRoot, |
4895 | RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); | |
c118dd06 | 4896 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4897 | } |
4898 | ||
f676886a | 4899 | /* Raise frame F. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 4900 | |
f676886a JB |
4901 | x_raise_frame (f) |
4902 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4903 | { |
3a88c238 | 4904 | if (f->async_visible) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4905 | { |
4906 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3afe33e7 RS |
4907 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
4908 | XRaiseWindow (XDISPLAY XtWindow (f->display.x->widget)); | |
4909 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
c118dd06 | 4910 | XRaiseWindow (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
3afe33e7 | 4911 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4912 | XFlushQueue (); |
4913 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4914 | } | |
4915 | } | |
4916 | ||
f676886a | 4917 | /* Lower frame F. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 4918 | |
f676886a JB |
4919 | x_lower_frame (f) |
4920 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4921 | { |
3a88c238 | 4922 | if (f->async_visible) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4923 | { |
4924 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3afe33e7 RS |
4925 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
4926 | XLowerWindow (XDISPLAY XtWindow (f->display.x->widget)); | |
4927 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
c118dd06 | 4928 | XLowerWindow (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
3afe33e7 | 4929 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4930 | XFlushQueue (); |
4931 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4932 | } | |
4933 | } | |
4934 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4935 | static void |
4936 | XTframe_raise_lower (f, raise) | |
4937 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
4938 | int raise; | |
4939 | { | |
4940 | if (raise) | |
4941 | x_raise_frame (f); | |
4942 | else | |
4943 | x_lower_frame (f); | |
4944 | } | |
4945 | ||
fd13dbb2 RS |
4946 | /* Change from withdrawn state to mapped state, |
4947 | or deiconify. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 4948 | |
f676886a JB |
4949 | x_make_frame_visible (f) |
4950 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4951 | { |
4952 | int mask; | |
4953 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 4954 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
dc6f92b8 | 4955 | |
bdcd49ba RS |
4956 | if (x_icon_type (f)) |
4957 | x_bitmap_icon (f); | |
4958 | ||
f676886a | 4959 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
90e65f07 | 4960 | { |
af31d76f | 4961 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
fd13dbb2 RS |
4962 | if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) |
4963 | x_set_offset (f, f->display.x->left_pos, f->display.x->top_pos, 0); | |
af31d76f | 4964 | #endif |
dc05a16b | 4965 | |
90e65f07 | 4966 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
f676886a | 4967 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, NormalState); |
3afe33e7 | 4968 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
d7a38a2e RS |
4969 | /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ |
4970 | XtMapWidget (f->display.x->widget); | |
3afe33e7 | 4971 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
c118dd06 | 4972 | XMapWindow (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
3afe33e7 | 4973 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
0134a210 RS |
4974 | #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places |
4975 | if the window configuration has changed. They seem | |
4976 | to come back ok without this. */ | |
ab648270 | 4977 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
c118dd06 | 4978 | XMapSubwindows (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
0134a210 | 4979 | #endif |
90e65f07 | 4980 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 4981 | |
dc6f92b8 | 4982 | XFlushQueue (); |
90e65f07 | 4983 | |
0dacf791 RS |
4984 | /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible |
4985 | before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked | |
4986 | so that incoming events are handled. */ | |
4987 | { | |
4988 | Lisp_Object frame; | |
c0a04927 RS |
4989 | int count = input_signal_count; |
4990 | ||
4991 | /* This must come after we set COUNT. */ | |
4992 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4993 | ||
e0c1aef2 | 4994 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
c0a04927 RS |
4995 | |
4996 | while (1) | |
2a6cf806 RS |
4997 | { |
4998 | x_sync (frame); | |
c0a04927 RS |
4999 | /* Once we have handled input events, |
5000 | we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming. | |
5001 | So if we have not got it yet, stop looping. | |
5002 | Some window managers make their own decisions | |
5003 | about visibility. */ | |
5004 | if (input_signal_count != count) | |
5005 | break; | |
c12a7cbd | 5006 | /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed |
23cf7c60 KH |
5007 | to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal |
5008 | to let the handler know that there's something to be read. | |
5009 | We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler | |
5010 | isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */ | |
8b2f8d4e | 5011 | if (input_polling_used ()) |
3b2fa4e6 RS |
5012 | { |
5013 | /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing | |
5014 | the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */ | |
5015 | alarm (0); | |
5016 | input_poll_signal (); | |
5017 | } | |
c0a04927 RS |
5018 | /* Once we have handled input events, |
5019 | we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming. | |
5020 | So if we have not got it yet, stop looping. | |
5021 | Some window managers make their own decisions | |
5022 | about visibility. */ | |
5023 | if (input_signal_count != count) | |
5024 | break; | |
2a6cf806 | 5025 | } |
0dacf791 RS |
5026 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
5027 | } | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5028 | } |
5029 | ||
5030 | /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ | |
5031 | ||
f676886a JB |
5032 | x_make_frame_invisible (f) |
5033 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5034 | { |
5035 | int mask; | |
546e6d5b RS |
5036 | Window window; |
5037 | ||
5038 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
5039 | /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */ | |
5040 | window = XtWindow (f->display.x->widget); | |
5041 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
5042 | window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); | |
5043 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 5044 | |
9319ae23 RS |
5045 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
5046 | if (x_highlight_frame == f) | |
5047 | x_highlight_frame = 0; | |
5048 | ||
5627c40e | 5049 | #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */ |
9319ae23 | 5050 | if (! f->async_visible && ! f->async_iconified) |
dc6f92b8 | 5051 | return; |
5627c40e | 5052 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5053 | |
5054 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
c118dd06 | 5055 | |
af31d76f RS |
5056 | /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim |
5057 | that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than | |
5058 | program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be | |
5059 | placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it | |
5060 | by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */ | |
5061 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 1); | |
5062 | ||
c118dd06 JB |
5063 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
5064 | ||
546e6d5b | 5065 | if (! XWithdrawWindow (x_current_display, window, |
c118dd06 JB |
5066 | DefaultScreen (x_current_display))) |
5067 | { | |
5068 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; | |
546e6d5b | 5069 | error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal"); |
c118dd06 | 5070 | } |
c118dd06 | 5071 | #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ |
16bd92ea | 5072 | |
c118dd06 | 5073 | /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5074 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
5075 | { | |
16bd92ea | 5076 | XEvent unmap; |
dc6f92b8 | 5077 | |
16bd92ea | 5078 | unmap.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify; |
546e6d5b | 5079 | unmap.xunmap.window = window; |
16bd92ea JB |
5080 | unmap.xunmap.event = DefaultRootWindow (x_current_display); |
5081 | unmap.xunmap.from_configure = False; | |
5082 | if (! XSendEvent (x_current_display, | |
5083 | DefaultRootWindow (x_current_display), | |
5084 | False, | |
5085 | SubstructureRedirectMask|SubstructureNotifyMask, | |
5086 | &unmap)) | |
5087 | { | |
5088 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; | |
546e6d5b | 5089 | error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal"); |
16bd92ea | 5090 | } |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5091 | } |
5092 | ||
16bd92ea | 5093 | /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */ |
546e6d5b | 5094 | XUnmapWindow (x_current_display, window); |
c118dd06 | 5095 | #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5096 | |
5627c40e RS |
5097 | /* We can't distinguish this from iconification |
5098 | just by the event that we get from the server. | |
5099 | So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting | |
5100 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand, | |
5101 | and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */ | |
5102 | f->visible = 0; | |
5103 | FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0; | |
5104 | f->async_visible = 0; | |
5105 | f->async_iconified = 0; | |
5106 | ||
5107 | x_sync (); | |
5108 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
5109 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
5110 | } | |
5111 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
5112 | /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ |
5113 | ||
f676886a JB |
5114 | x_iconify_frame (f) |
5115 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5116 | { |
5117 | int mask; | |
3afe33e7 | 5118 | int result; |
dc6f92b8 | 5119 | |
9319ae23 RS |
5120 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
5121 | if (x_highlight_frame == f) | |
5122 | x_highlight_frame = 0; | |
5123 | ||
3a88c238 | 5124 | if (f->async_iconified) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5125 | return; |
5126 | ||
3afe33e7 | 5127 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
546e6d5b | 5128 | |
bdcd49ba RS |
5129 | if (x_icon_type (f)) |
5130 | x_bitmap_icon (f); | |
5131 | ||
5132 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
5133 | ||
546e6d5b RS |
5134 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
5135 | { | |
5136 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) | |
5137 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); | |
5138 | /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ | |
5139 | XtMapWidget (f->display.x->widget); | |
5140 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
5141 | return; | |
5142 | } | |
5143 | ||
3afe33e7 | 5144 | result = XIconifyWindow (x_current_display, |
bc20ebbf | 5145 | XtWindow (f->display.x->widget), |
3afe33e7 RS |
5146 | DefaultScreen (x_current_display)); |
5147 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
5148 | ||
5149 | if (!result) | |
546e6d5b | 5150 | error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); |
3afe33e7 RS |
5151 | |
5152 | f->async_iconified = 1; | |
8c002a25 KH |
5153 | |
5154 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
5155 | XFlushQueue (); | |
5156 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3afe33e7 RS |
5157 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
5158 | ||
fd13dbb2 RS |
5159 | /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned, |
5160 | in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */ | |
5161 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) | |
5162 | x_set_offset (f, f->display.x->left_pos, f->display.x->top_pos, 0); | |
5163 | ||
16bd92ea JB |
5164 | /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both |
5165 | the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */ | |
5166 | ||
5167 | /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the | |
5168 | WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */ | |
5169 | { | |
5170 | XEvent message; | |
58769bee | 5171 | |
c118dd06 | 5172 | message.xclient.window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
16bd92ea JB |
5173 | message.xclient.type = ClientMessage; |
5174 | message.xclient.message_type = Xatom_wm_change_state; | |
5175 | message.xclient.format = 32; | |
5176 | message.xclient.data.l[0] = IconicState; | |
5177 | ||
5178 | if (! XSendEvent (x_current_display, | |
5179 | DefaultRootWindow (x_current_display), | |
5180 | False, | |
5181 | SubstructureRedirectMask | SubstructureNotifyMask, | |
5182 | &message)) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5183 | { |
5184 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; | |
546e6d5b | 5185 | error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); |
dc6f92b8 | 5186 | } |
16bd92ea | 5187 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 5188 | |
58769bee | 5189 | /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to |
16bd92ea JB |
5190 | IconicState. */ |
5191 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); | |
dc6f92b8 | 5192 | |
a9c00105 RS |
5193 | if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
5194 | { | |
5195 | /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */ | |
5196 | XMapWindow (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); | |
0134a210 | 5197 | #if 0 /* We don't have subwindows in the icon. */ |
a9c00105 RS |
5198 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
5199 | XMapSubwindows (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); | |
0134a210 | 5200 | #endif |
a9c00105 RS |
5201 | } |
5202 | ||
3a88c238 | 5203 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5204 | |
5205 | XFlushQueue (); | |
5206 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
8c002a25 | 5207 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5208 | } |
5209 | ||
c0ff3fab | 5210 | /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5211 | |
c0ff3fab | 5212 | x_destroy_window (f) |
f676886a | 5213 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 | 5214 | { |
dc6f92b8 | 5215 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
c0ff3fab JB |
5216 | |
5217 | if (f->display.x->icon_desc != 0) | |
5218 | XDestroyWindow (XDISPLAY f->display.x->icon_desc); | |
5219 | XDestroyWindow (XDISPLAY f->display.x->window_desc); | |
3afe33e7 RS |
5220 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
5221 | XtDestroyWidget (f->display.x->widget); | |
9d7e2e3e | 5222 | free_frame_menubar (f); |
3afe33e7 RS |
5223 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
5224 | ||
07e34cb0 | 5225 | free_frame_faces (f); |
dc6f92b8 | 5226 | XFlushQueue (); |
dc6f92b8 | 5227 | |
4eacadbd RS |
5228 | FRAME_X_SCREEN (f)->reference_count--; |
5229 | #if 0 | |
5230 | if (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f)->reference_count == 0) | |
5231 | free (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f)); | |
5232 | #endif | |
5233 | ||
9ac0d9e0 | 5234 | xfree (f->display.x); |
c0ff3fab | 5235 | f->display.x = 0; |
f676886a JB |
5236 | if (f == x_focus_frame) |
5237 | x_focus_frame = 0; | |
5238 | if (f == x_highlight_frame) | |
5239 | x_highlight_frame = 0; | |
c0ff3fab | 5240 | |
0134a210 | 5241 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
dc05a16b | 5242 | { |
3b506386 KH |
5243 | mouse_face_beg_row = mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
5244 | mouse_face_end_row = mouse_face_end_col = -1; | |
dc05a16b RS |
5245 | mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
5246 | } | |
0134a210 | 5247 | |
c0ff3fab | 5248 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5249 | } |
5250 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
5251 | /* Setting window manager hints. */ |
5252 | ||
af31d76f RS |
5253 | /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. |
5254 | FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags | |
5255 | that the window now has. | |
5256 | If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition | |
5257 | flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ | |
6dba1858 | 5258 | |
af31d76f | 5259 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) |
f676886a | 5260 | struct frame *f; |
af31d76f RS |
5261 | long flags; |
5262 | int user_position; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5263 | { |
5264 | XSizeHints size_hints; | |
3afe33e7 RS |
5265 | |
5266 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
7e4f2521 FP |
5267 | Arg al[2]; |
5268 | int ac = 0; | |
5269 | Dimension widget_width, widget_height; | |
bc20ebbf | 5270 | Window window = XtWindow (f->display.x->widget); |
3afe33e7 | 5271 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
c118dd06 | 5272 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
3afe33e7 | 5273 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5274 | |
b72a58fd RS |
5275 | /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */ |
5276 | size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */; | |
dc6f92b8 | 5277 | |
f676886a JB |
5278 | flexlines = f->height; |
5279 | ||
5280 | size_hints.x = f->display.x->left_pos; | |
5281 | size_hints.y = f->display.x->top_pos; | |
7553a6b7 | 5282 | |
7e4f2521 FP |
5283 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
5284 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, &widget_width); ac++; | |
5285 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, &widget_height); ac++; | |
5286 | XtGetValues (f->display.x->column_widget, al, ac); | |
5287 | size_hints.height = widget_height; | |
5288 | size_hints.width = widget_width; | |
5289 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
f676886a JB |
5290 | size_hints.height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
5291 | size_hints.width = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); | |
7e4f2521 | 5292 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
7553a6b7 | 5293 | |
f676886a | 5294 | size_hints.width_inc = FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font); |
a27f9f86 | 5295 | size_hints.height_inc = f->display.x->line_height; |
7553a6b7 RS |
5296 | size_hints.max_width = x_screen_width - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
5297 | size_hints.max_height = x_screen_height - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); | |
0134a210 | 5298 | |
b1c884c3 | 5299 | { |
b0342f17 | 5300 | int base_width, base_height; |
0134a210 | 5301 | int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; |
b0342f17 | 5302 | |
f451eb13 JB |
5303 | base_width = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
5304 | base_height = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); | |
b0342f17 | 5305 | |
0134a210 | 5306 | check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); |
b0342f17 | 5307 | |
0134a210 RS |
5308 | /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the |
5309 | current number of rows and columns in the frame while | |
5310 | resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this | |
5311 | purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a | |
5312 | zero-row, zero-column frame. | |
58769bee | 5313 | |
0134a210 RS |
5314 | We use the base_width and base_height members if we have |
5315 | them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members | |
5316 | to the size for a zero x zero frame. */ | |
b0342f17 JB |
5317 | |
5318 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 | |
0134a210 RS |
5319 | size_hints.flags |= PBaseSize; |
5320 | size_hints.base_width = base_width; | |
5321 | size_hints.base_height = base_height; | |
5322 | size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; | |
5323 | size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; | |
b0342f17 | 5324 | #else |
0134a210 RS |
5325 | size_hints.min_width = base_width; |
5326 | size_hints.min_height = base_height; | |
b0342f17 | 5327 | #endif |
b1c884c3 | 5328 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 5329 | |
af31d76f RS |
5330 | if (flags) |
5331 | size_hints.flags |= flags; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5332 | else |
5333 | { | |
5334 | XSizeHints hints; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */ | |
af31d76f RS |
5335 | long supplied_return; |
5336 | int value; | |
5337 | ||
5338 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 | |
5339 | value = XGetWMNormalHints (x_current_display, window, &hints, | |
5340 | &supplied_return); | |
5341 | #else | |
5342 | value = XGetNormalHints (x_current_display, window, &hints); | |
5343 | #endif | |
58769bee | 5344 | |
af31d76f | 5345 | if (value == 0) |
82ee0df4 | 5346 | hints.flags = 0; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5347 | if (hints.flags & PSize) |
5348 | size_hints.flags |= PSize; | |
5349 | if (hints.flags & PPosition) | |
5350 | size_hints.flags |= PPosition; | |
5351 | if (hints.flags & USPosition) | |
5352 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; | |
5353 | if (hints.flags & USSize) | |
5354 | size_hints.flags |= USSize; | |
5355 | } | |
0134a210 | 5356 | |
af31d76f | 5357 | #ifdef PWinGravity |
dc05a16b | 5358 | size_hints.win_gravity = f->display.x->win_gravity; |
af31d76f | 5359 | size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity; |
dc05a16b | 5360 | |
af31d76f | 5361 | if (user_position) |
6dba1858 | 5362 | { |
af31d76f RS |
5363 | size_hints.flags &= ~ PPosition; |
5364 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; | |
6dba1858 | 5365 | } |
2554751d | 5366 | #endif /* PWinGravity */ |
6dba1858 | 5367 | |
b0342f17 JB |
5368 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
5369 | XSetWMNormalHints (x_current_display, window, &size_hints); | |
5370 | #else | |
dc6f92b8 | 5371 | XSetNormalHints (x_current_display, window, &size_hints); |
b0342f17 | 5372 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5373 | } |
5374 | ||
5375 | /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */ | |
f676886a JB |
5376 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, state) |
5377 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5378 | int state; |
5379 | { | |
3afe33e7 | 5380 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
546e6d5b RS |
5381 | Arg al[1]; |
5382 | ||
5383 | XtSetArg (al[0], XtNinitialState, state); | |
5384 | XtSetValues (f->display.x->widget, al, 1); | |
3afe33e7 | 5385 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
c118dd06 | 5386 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
dc6f92b8 | 5387 | |
16bd92ea JB |
5388 | f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= StateHint; |
5389 | f->display.x->wm_hints.initial_state = state; | |
b1c884c3 | 5390 | |
16bd92ea | 5391 | XSetWMHints (x_current_display, window, &f->display.x->wm_hints); |
546e6d5b | 5392 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5393 | } |
5394 | ||
f676886a JB |
5395 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, icon_pixmap) |
5396 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5397 | Pixmap icon_pixmap; |
5398 | { | |
75231bad RS |
5399 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
5400 | Window window = XtWindow (f->display.x->widget); | |
5401 | #else | |
c118dd06 | 5402 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
75231bad | 5403 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 | 5404 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
5405 | if (icon_pixmap) |
5406 | { | |
5407 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap; | |
5408 | f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint; | |
5409 | } | |
5410 | else | |
5411 | f->display.x->wm_hints.flags &= ~IconPixmapHint; | |
b1c884c3 | 5412 | |
16bd92ea | 5413 | XSetWMHints (x_current_display, window, &f->display.x->wm_hints); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5414 | } |
5415 | ||
f676886a JB |
5416 | x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y) |
5417 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5418 | int icon_x, icon_y; |
5419 | { | |
75231bad RS |
5420 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
5421 | Window window = XtWindow (f->display.x->widget); | |
5422 | #else | |
c118dd06 | 5423 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
75231bad | 5424 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 | 5425 | |
16bd92ea JB |
5426 | f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; |
5427 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x; | |
5428 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y; | |
b1c884c3 | 5429 | |
16bd92ea | 5430 | XSetWMHints (x_current_display, window, &f->display.x->wm_hints); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5431 | } |
5432 | ||
5433 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
5434 | /* Initialization. */ |
5435 | ||
3afe33e7 RS |
5436 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
5437 | static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = { | |
5438 | {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, | |
5439 | {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"}, | |
5440 | ||
5441 | {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", | |
5442 | XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, | |
5443 | {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, | |
5444 | ||
5445 | {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5446 | {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5447 | {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5448 | {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5449 | {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5450 | {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5451 | {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL} | |
5452 | }; | |
5453 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
5454 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 5455 | void |
1f8255f2 | 5456 | x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name) |
dc6f92b8 | 5457 | char *display_name; |
1f8255f2 RS |
5458 | char *xrm_option; |
5459 | char *resource_name; | |
dc6f92b8 | 5460 | { |
f676886a | 5461 | Lisp_Object frame; |
dc6f92b8 | 5462 | char *defaultvalue; |
3afe33e7 RS |
5463 | int argc = 0; |
5464 | char** argv = 0; | |
041b69ac | 5465 | #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5466 | #ifdef F_SETOWN |
5467 | extern int old_fcntl_owner; | |
c118dd06 | 5468 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ |
041b69ac | 5469 | #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */ |
58769bee | 5470 | |
ef2a22d0 | 5471 | x_noop_count = 0; |
ef2a22d0 | 5472 | |
f676886a | 5473 | x_focus_frame = x_highlight_frame = 0; |
dc6f92b8 | 5474 | |
3afe33e7 | 5475 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
bdcd49ba RS |
5476 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 |
5477 | XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
5478 | #endif | |
5479 | ||
1f8255f2 RS |
5480 | argv = (char **) XtMalloc (7 * sizeof (char *)); |
5481 | argv[0] = ""; | |
5482 | argv[1] = "-display"; | |
5483 | argv[2] = display_name; | |
5484 | argv[3] = "-name"; | |
5485 | /* Usually `emacs', but not always. */ | |
5486 | argv[4] = resource_name; | |
c2df547c | 5487 | argc = 5; |
1f8255f2 RS |
5488 | if (xrm_option) |
5489 | { | |
5490 | argv[argc++] = "-xrm"; | |
5491 | argv[argc++] = xrm_option; | |
5492 | } | |
3afe33e7 | 5493 | Xt_app_shell = XtAppInitialize (&Xt_app_con, "Emacs", |
bc20ebbf | 5494 | emacs_options, XtNumber (emacs_options), |
3afe33e7 RS |
5495 | &argc, argv, |
5496 | NULL, NULL, 0); | |
983f76b8 | 5497 | XtFree ((char *)argv); |
3afe33e7 RS |
5498 | x_current_display = XtDisplay (Xt_app_shell); |
5499 | ||
5500 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
bdcd49ba RS |
5501 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 |
5502 | XSetLocaleModifiers (""); | |
5503 | #endif | |
dc6f92b8 | 5504 | x_current_display = XOpenDisplay (display_name); |
3afe33e7 | 5505 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5506 | if (x_current_display == 0) |
041b69ac JB |
5507 | fatal ("X server %s not responding.\n\ |
5508 | Check the DISPLAY environment variable or use \"-d\"\n", | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5509 | display_name); |
5510 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 5511 | { |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5512 | #if 0 |
5513 | XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display, x_trace_wire); | |
c118dd06 | 5514 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
59653951 | 5515 | x_id_name = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size |
becadff8 | 5516 | + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size |
60fb3ee1 | 5517 | + 2); |
becadff8 KH |
5518 | sprintf (x_id_name, "%s@%s", |
5519 | XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data); | |
dc6f92b8 | 5520 | } |
28430d3c JB |
5521 | |
5522 | /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */ | |
5523 | x_find_modifier_meanings (); | |
f451eb13 | 5524 | |
ab648270 | 5525 | /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */ |
d56a553a RS |
5526 | x_vertical_scroll_bar_cursor |
5527 | = XCreateFontCursor (x_current_display, XC_sb_v_double_arrow); | |
f451eb13 | 5528 | |
d56a553a | 5529 | #if 0 |
28430d3c JB |
5530 | /* Watch for PropertyNotify events on the root window; we use them |
5531 | to figure out when to invalidate our cache of the cut buffers. */ | |
5532 | x_watch_cut_buffer_cache (); | |
d56a553a | 5533 | #endif |
28430d3c | 5534 | |
a4fc7360 | 5535 | if (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display) != 0) |
61c3ce62 RS |
5536 | change_keyboard_wait_descriptor (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display)); |
5537 | change_input_fd (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display)); | |
6d4238f3 | 5538 | |
041b69ac | 5539 | #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG |
dc6f92b8 | 5540 | #ifdef F_SETOWN |
61c3ce62 | 5541 | old_fcntl_owner = fcntl (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display), F_GETOWN, 0); |
dc6f92b8 | 5542 | #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG |
61c3ce62 RS |
5543 | /* stdin is a socket here */ |
5544 | fcntl (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display), F_SETOWN, -getpid ()); | |
c118dd06 | 5545 | #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
61c3ce62 | 5546 | fcntl (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display), F_SETOWN, getpid ()); |
c118dd06 JB |
5547 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
5548 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ | |
041b69ac | 5549 | #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5550 | |
5551 | #ifdef SIGIO | |
5552 | init_sigio (); | |
c118dd06 | 5553 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5554 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5555 | expose_all_windows = 0; |
5556 | ||
f676886a | 5557 | clear_frame_hook = XTclear_frame; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5558 | clear_end_of_line_hook = XTclear_end_of_line; |
5559 | ins_del_lines_hook = XTins_del_lines; | |
5560 | change_line_highlight_hook = XTchange_line_highlight; | |
5561 | insert_glyphs_hook = XTinsert_glyphs; | |
5562 | write_glyphs_hook = XTwrite_glyphs; | |
5563 | delete_glyphs_hook = XTdelete_glyphs; | |
5564 | ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell; | |
5565 | reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes; | |
5566 | set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes; | |
5567 | update_begin_hook = XTupdate_begin; | |
5568 | update_end_hook = XTupdate_end; | |
5569 | set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window; | |
5570 | read_socket_hook = XTread_socket; | |
b8009dd1 | 5571 | frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5572 | cursor_to_hook = XTcursor_to; |
5573 | reassert_line_highlight_hook = XTreassert_line_highlight; | |
90e65f07 | 5574 | mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position; |
f451eb13 | 5575 | frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight; |
dbc4e1c1 | 5576 | frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower; |
ab648270 JB |
5577 | set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar; |
5578 | condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars; | |
5579 | redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar; | |
5580 | judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars; | |
58769bee | 5581 | |
f676886a | 5582 | scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5583 | char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */ |
5584 | line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */ | |
5585 | fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */ | |
58769bee | 5586 | memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5587 | off the bottom */ |
5588 | baud_rate = 19200; | |
5589 | ||
b30b24cb RS |
5590 | /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */ |
5591 | Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil); | |
5592 | ||
58769bee | 5593 | /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the |
c118dd06 JB |
5594 | original error handler. */ |
5595 | XHandleError (x_error_quitter); | |
8922af5f | 5596 | XHandleIOError (x_io_error_quitter); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5597 | |
5598 | /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */ | |
5599 | #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
5600 | signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL); | |
c118dd06 | 5601 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5602 | |
c118dd06 | 5603 | signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_closed); |
dc6f92b8 | 5604 | } |
55123275 JB |
5605 | |
5606 | void | |
5607 | syms_of_xterm () | |
5608 | { | |
ab648270 | 5609 | staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
e53cb100 | 5610 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
b8009dd1 RS |
5611 | staticpro (&mouse_face_window); |
5612 | mouse_face_window = Qnil; | |
55123275 | 5613 | } |
c118dd06 | 5614 | #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */ |